SlideShare a Scribd company logo
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 1
Device included in this Data Sheet:
PIC16C505
High-Performance RISC CPU:
• Only 33 instructions to learn
• Operating speed:
- DC - 20 MHz clock input
- DC - 200 ns instruction cycle
• Direct, indirect and relative addressing modes for
data and instructions
• 12-bit wide instructions
• 8-bit wide data path
• 2-level deep hardware stack
• Eight special function hardware registers
• Direct, indirect and relative addressing modes for
data and instructions
• All single cycle instructions (200 ns) except for
program branches which are two-cycle
Peripheral Features:
• 11 I/O pins with individual direction control
• 1 input pin
• High current sink/source for direct LED drive
• Timer0: 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit
programmable prescaler
Pin Diagram:
Device
Memory
Program Data
PIC16C505 1024 x 12 72 x 8
PDIP, SOIC, TSSOP
PIC16C505
VDD
RB5/OSC1/CLKIN
RB4/OSC2/CLKOUT
RB3/MCLR/VPP
RC5/T0CKI
RC4
RC3
VSS
RB0
RB1
RB2
RC0
RC1
RC2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Special Microcontroller Features:
• In-Circuit Serial Programming (ICSP™)
• Power-on Reset (POR)
• Device Reset Timer (DRT)
• Watchdog Timer (WDT) with dedicated on-chip
RC oscillator for reliable operation
• Programmable Code Protection
• Internal weak pull-ups on I/O pins
• Wake-up from Sleep on pin change
• Power-saving Sleep mode
• Selectable oscillator options:
- INTRC: Precision internal 4 MHz oscillator
- EXTRC: External low-cost RC oscillator
- XT: Standard crystal/resonator
- HS: High speed crystal/resonator
- LP: Power saving, low frequency
crystal
CMOS Technology:
• Low-power, high-speed CMOS EPROM
technology
• Fully static design
• Wide operating voltage range (2.5V to 5.5V)
• Wide temperature ranges
- Commercial: 0°C to +70°C
- Industrial: -40°C to +85°C
- Extended: -40°C to +125°C
- < 1.0 A typical standby current @ 5V
• Low power consumption
- < 2.0 mA @ 5V, 4 MHz
- 15 A typical @ 3.0V, 32 kHz for TMR0
running in SLEEP mode
- < 1.0 A typical standby current @ 5V
PIC16C505
14-Pin, 8-Bit CMOS Microcontroller
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 2  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 General Description..................................................................................................................................................................... 3
2.0 PIC16C505 Device Varieties....................................................................................................................................................... 5
3.0 Architectural Overview ................................................................................................................................................................ 7
4.0 Memory Organization ................................................................................................................................................................ 11
5.0 I/O Port ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 19
6.0 Timer0 Module and TMR0 Register .......................................................................................................................................... 23
7.0 Special Features of the CPU..................................................................................................................................................... 27
8.0 Instruction Set Summary ........................................................................................................................................................... 39
9.0 Development Support................................................................................................................................................................ 51
10.0 Electrical Characteristics - PIC16C505 ..................................................................................................................................... 55
11.0 DC and AC Characteristics - PIC16C505.................................................................................................................................. 69
12.0 Packaging Information............................................................................................................................................................... 73
PIC16C505 Product Identification System .......................................................................................................................................... 87
TO OUR VALUED CUSTOMERS
It is our intention to provide our valued customers with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your Microchip
products. To this end, we will continue to improve our publications to better suit your needs. Our publications will be refined and
enhanced as new volumes and updates are introduced.
If you have any questions or comments regarding this publication, please contact the Marketing Communications Department via
E-mail at docerrors@microchip.com or fax the Reader Response Form in the back of this data sheet to (480) 792-4150. We
welcome your feedback.
Most Current Data Sheet
To obtain the most up-to-date version of this data sheet, please register at our Worldwide Web site at:
http://www.microchip.com
You can determine the version of a data sheet by examining its literature number found on the bottom outside corner of any page.
The last character of the literature number is the version number, (e.g., DS30000A is version A of document DS30000).
Errata
An errata sheet, describing minor operational differences from the data sheet and recommended workarounds, may exist for current
devices. As device/documentation issues become known to us, we will publish an errata sheet. The errata will specify the revision
of silicon and revision of document to which it applies.
To determine if an errata sheet exists for a particular device, please check with one of the following:
• Microchip’s Worldwide Web site; http://www.microchip.com
• Your local Microchip sales office (see last page)
When contacting a sales office, please specify which device, revision of silicon and data sheet (include literature number) you are
using.
Customer Notification System
Register on our web site at www.microchip.com to receive the most current information on all of our products.
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 3
PIC16C505
1.0 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The PIC16C505 from Microchip Technology is a low-
cost, high-performance, 8-bit, fully static, EPROM/
ROM-based CMOS microcontroller. It employs a RISC
architecture with only 33 single word/single cycle
instructions. All instructions are single cycle (200 s)
except for program branches, which take two cycles.
The PIC16C505 delivers performance an order of mag-
nitude higher than its competitors in the same price cat-
egory. The 12-bit wide instructions are highly
symmetrical resulting in a typical 2:1 code compression
over other 8-bit microcontrollers in its class. The easy
to use and easy to remember instruction set reduces
development time significantly.
The PIC16C505 product is equipped with special fea-
tures that reduce system cost and power requirements.
The Power-On Reset (POR) and Device Reset Timer
(DRT) eliminate the need for external reset circuitry.
There are five oscillator configurations to choose from,
including INTRC internal oscillator mode and the
power-saving LP (Low Power) oscillator mode. Power
saving SLEEP mode, Watchdog Timer and code
protection features improve system cost, power and
reliability.
The PIC16C505 is available in the cost-effective One-
Time-Programmable (OTP) version, which is suitable
for production in any volume. The customer can take
full advantage of Microchip’s price leadership in OTP
microcontrollers, while benefiting from the OTP’s
flexibility.
The PIC16C505 product is supported by a full-featured
macro assembler, a software simulator, an in-circuit
emulator, a ‘C’ compiler, a low-cost development pro-
grammer and a full featured programmer. All the tools
are supported on IBM
PC and compatible machines.
1.1 Applications
The PIC16C505 fits in applications ranging from per-
sonal care appliances and security systems to low-
power remote transmitters/receivers. The EPROM
technology makes customizing application programs
(transmitter codes, appliance settings, receiver fre-
quencies, etc.) extremely fast and convenient. The
small footprint packages, for through hole or surface
mounting, make this microcontroller perfect for applica-
tions with space limitations. Low-cost, low-power, high-
performance, ease of use and I/O flexibility make the
PIC16C505 very versatile even in areas where no
microcontroller use has been considered before (e.g.,
timer functions, replacement of “glue” logic and PLD’s
in larger systems, and coprocessor applications).
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 4  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 1-1: PIC16C505 DEVICE
PIC16C505
Clock
Maximum Frequency
of Operation (MHz)
20
Memory
EPROM Program Memory 1024
Data Memory (bytes) 72
Peripherals
Timer Module(s) TMR0
Wake-up from SLEEP on
pin change
Yes
Features
I/O Pins 11
Input Pins 1
Internal Pull-ups Yes
In-Circuit Serial Programming Yes
Number of Instructions 33
Packages 14-pin DIP, SOIC, TSSOP
The PIC16C505 device has Power-on Reset, selectable Watchdog Timer, selectable code protect, high I/O current capability and
precision internal oscillator.
The PIC16C505 device uses serial programming with data pin RB0 and clock pin RB1.
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 5
PIC16C505
2.0 PIC16C505 DEVICE VARIETIES
A variety of packaging options are available.
Depending on application and production
requirements, the proper device option can be
selected using the information in this section. When
placing orders, please use the PIC16C505 Product
Identification System at the back of this data sheet to
specify the correct part number.
2.1 One-Time-Programmable (OTP)
Devices
The availability of OTP devices is especially useful for
customers who need the flexibility of frequent code
updates or small volume applications.
The OTP devices, packaged in plastic packages, per-
mit the user to program them once. In addition to the
program memory, the configuration bits must also be
programmed.
2.2 Quick-Turnaround-Production (QTP)
Devices
Microchip offers a QTP Programming Service for
factory production orders. This service is made
available for users who choose not to program medium
to high quantity units and whose code patterns have
stabilized. The devices are identical to the OTP devices
but with all EPROM locations and fuse options already
programmed by the factory. Certain code and prototype
verification procedures do apply before production
shipments are available. Please contact your local
Microchip Technology sales office for more details.
2.3 Serialized Quick-Turnaround
Production (SQTPSM) Devices
Microchip offers a unique programming service, where
a few user-defined locations in each device are
programmed with different serial numbers. The serial
numbers may be random, pseudo-random or
sequential.
Serial programming allows each device to have a
unique number, which can serve as an entry-code,
password or ID number.
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 6  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 7
PIC16C505
3.0 ARCHITECTURAL OVERVIEW
The high performance of the PIC16C505 can be
attributed to a number of architectural features
commonly found in RISC microprocessors. To begin
with, the PIC16C505 uses a Harvard architecture in
which program and data are accessed on separate
buses. This improves bandwidth over traditional von
Neumann architecture where program and data are
fetched on the same bus. Separating program and
data memory further allows instructions to be sized
differently than the 8-bit wide data word. Instruction
opcodes are 12 bits wide, making it possible to have
all single word instructions. A 12-bit wide program
memory access bus fetches a 12-bit instruction in a
single cycle. A two-stage pipeline overlaps fetch and
execution of instructions. Consequently, all instructions
(33) execute in a single cycle (200ns @ 20MHz)
except for program branches.
The Table below lists program memory (EPROM) and
data memory (RAM) for the PIC16C505.
The PIC16C505 can directly or indirectly address its
register files and data memory. All special function
registers, including the program counter, are mapped
in the data memory. The PIC16C505 has a highly
orthogonal (symmetrical) instruction set that makes it
possible to carry out any operation on any register
using any addressing mode. This symmetrical nature
and lack of ‘special optimal situations’ make
programming with the PIC16C505 simple yet efficient.
In addition, the learning curve is reduced significantly.
Device
Memory
Program Data
PIC16C505 1024 x 12 72 x 8
The PIC16C505 device contains an 8-bit ALU and
working register. The ALU is a general purpose
arithmetic unit. It performs arithmetic and Boolean
functions between data in the working register and any
register file.
The ALU is 8-bits wide and capable of addition,
subtraction, shift and logical operations. Unless
otherwise mentioned, arithmetic operations are two's
complement in nature. In two-operand instructions,
one operand is typically the W (working) register. The
other operand is either a file register or an immediate
constant. In single operand instructions, the operand is
either the W register or a file register.
The W register is an 8-bit working register used for
ALU operations. It is not an addressable register.
Depending on the instruction executed, the ALU may
affect the values of the Carry (C), Digit Carry (DC),
and Zero (Z) bits in the STATUS register. The C and
DC bits operate as a borrow and digit borrow out bit,
respectively, in subtraction. See the SUBWF and ADDWF
instructions for examples.
A simplified block diagram is shown in Figure 3-1, with
the corresponding device pins described in Table 3-1.
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 8  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 3-1: PIC16C505 BLOCK DIAGRAM
Device Reset
Timer
Power-on
Reset
Watchdog
Timer
EPROM
Program
Memory
12
Data Bus
8
12Program
Bus
Instruction reg
Program Counter
RAM
File
Registers
Direct Addr 5
RAM Addr 9
Addr MUX
Indirect
Addr
FSR reg
STATUS reg
MUX
ALU
W reg
Instruction
Decode &
Control
Timing
Generation
OSC1/CLKIN
OSC2
MCLR
VDD, VSS
Timer0
PORTB
8
8
RB4/OSC2/CLKOUT
RB3/MCLR/VPP
RB2
RB1
RB0
5-7
3
RB5/OSC1/CLKIN
STACK1
STACK2
1K x 12
72 bytes
Internal RC
OSC
PORTC
RC4
RC3
RC2
RC1
RC0
RC5/T0CKI
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 9
PIC16C505
TABLE 3-1: PIC16C505 PINOUT DESCRIPTION
Name
DIP
Pin #
SOIC
Pin #
I/O/P
Type
Buffer
Type
Description
RB0 13 13 I/O TTL/ST Bi-directional I/O port/ serial programming data. Can
be software programmed for internal weak pull-up and
wake-up from SLEEP on pin change. This buffer is a
Schmitt Trigger input when used in serial programming
mode.
RB1 12 12 I/O TTL/ST Bi-directional I/O port/ serial programming clock. Can
be software programmed for internal weak pull-up and
wake-up from SLEEP on pin change. This buffer is a
Schmitt Trigger input when used in serial programming
mode.
RB2 11 11 I/O TTL Bi-directional I/O port.
RB3/MCLR/VPP 4 4 I TTL/ST Input port/master clear (reset) input/programming volt-
age input. When configured as MCLR, this pin is an
active low reset to the device. Voltage on MCLR/VPP
must not exceed VDD during normal device operation.
Can be software programmed for internal weak pull-up
and wake-up from SLEEP on pin change. Weak pull-
up only when configured as RB3. ST when configured
as MCLR.
RB4/OSC2/CLKOUT 3 3 I/O TTL Bi-directional I/O port/oscillator crystal output. Con-
nections to crystal or resonator in crystal oscillator
mode (XT and LP modes only, RB4 in other modes).
Can be software programmed for internal weak pull-up
and wake-up from SLEEP on pin change. In EXTRC
and INTRC modes, the pin output can be configured to
CLKOUT, which has 1/4 the frequency of OSC1 and
denotes the instruction cycle rate.
RB5/OSC1/CLKIN 2 2 I/O TTL/ST Bidirectional IO port/oscillator crystal input/external
clock source input (RB5 in Internal RC mode only,
OSC1 in all other oscillator modes). TTL input when
RB5, ST input in external RC oscillator mode.
RC0 10 10 I/O TTL Bi-directional I/O port.
RC1 9 9 I/O TTL Bi-directional I/O port.
RC2 8 8 I/O TTL Bi-directional I/O port.
RC3 7 7 I/O TTL Bi-directional I/O port.
RC4 6 6 I/O TTL Bi-directional I/O port.
RC5/T0CKI 5 5 I/O ST Bi-directional I/O port. Can be configured as T0CKI.
VDD 1 1 P — Positive supply for logic and I/O pins
VSS 14 14 P — Ground reference for logic and I/O pins
Legend: I = input, O = output, I/O = input/output, P = power, — = not used, TTL = TTL input,
ST = Schmitt Trigger input
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 10  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
3.1 Clocking Scheme/Instruction Cycle
The clock input (OSC1/CLKIN pin) is internally divided
by four to generate four non-overlapping quadrature
clocks namely Q1, Q2, Q3 and Q4. Internally, the
program counter is incremented every Q1, and the
instruction is fetched from program memory and
latched into the instruction register in Q4. It is decoded
and executed during the following Q1 through Q4. The
clocks and instruction execution flow is shown in
Figure 3-2 and Example 3-1.
3.2 Instruction Flow/Pipelining
An Instruction cycle consists of four Q cycles (Q1, Q2,
Q3 and Q4). The instruction fetch and execute are
pipelined such that fetch takes one instruction cycle,
while decode and execute takes another instruction
cycle. However, due to the pipelining, each instruction
effectively executes in one cycle. If an instruction
causes the program counter to change (e.g., GOTO)
then two cycles are required to complete the
instruction (Example 3-1).
A fetch cycle begins with the program counter (PC)
incrementing in Q1.
In the execution cycle, the fetched instruction is
latched into the Instruction Register (IR) in cycle Q1.
This instruction is then decoded and executed during
the Q2, Q3 and Q4 cycles. Data memory is read
during Q2 (operand read) and written during Q4
(destination write).
FIGURE 3-2: CLOCK/INSTRUCTION CYCLE
EXAMPLE 3-1: INSTRUCTION PIPELINE FLOW
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
OSC1
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
PC PC PC+1 PC+2
Fetch INST (PC)
Execute INST (PC-1) Fetch INST (PC+1)
Execute INST (PC) Fetch INST (PC+2)
Execute INST (PC+1)
Internal
phase
clock
All instructions are single cycle, except for any program branches. These take two cycles, since the fetch
instruction is “flushed” from the pipeline, while the new instruction is being fetched and then executed.
1. MOVLW 03H Fetch 1 Execute 1
2. MOVWF PORTB Fetch 2 Execute 2
3. CALL SUB_1 Fetch 3 Execute 3
4. BSF PORTB, BIT1 Fetch 4 Flush
Fetch SUB_1 Execute SUB_1
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 11
PIC16C505
4.0 MEMORY ORGANIZATION
PIC16C505 memory is organized into program mem-
ory and data memory. For the PIC16C505, a paging
scheme is used. Program memory pages are
accessed using one STATUS register bit. Data mem-
ory banks are accessed using the File Select Register
(FSR).
4.1 Program Memory Organization
The PIC16C505 devices have a 12-bit Program
Counter (PC).
The 1K x 12 (0000h-03FFh) for the PIC16C505 are
physically implemented. Refer to Figure 4-1.
Accessing a location above this boundary will cause a
wrap-around within the first 1K x 12 space. The
effective reset vector is at 0000h, (see Figure 4-1).
Location 03FFh contains the internal clock oscillator
calibration value. This value should never be
overwritten.
FIGURE 4-1: PROGRAM MEMORY MAP
AND STACK FOR THE
PIC16C505
CALL, RETLW
PC<11:0>
Stack Level 1
Stack Level 2
UserMemory
Space
12
0000h
7FFh
01FFh
0200h
Reset Vector (note 1)
Note 1: Address 0000h becomes the
effective reset vector. Location 03FFh
contains the MOVLW XX INTERNAL RC
oscillator calibration value.
1024 Words 03FFh
0400h
On-chip Program
Memory
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 12  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
4.2 Data Memory Organization
Data memory is composed of registers or bytes of
RAM. Therefore, data memory for a device is specified
by its register file. The register file is divided into two
functional groups: Special Function Registers and
General Purpose Registers.
The Special Function Registers include the TMR0
register, the Program Counter (PCL), the Status
Register, the I/O registers (ports) and the File Select
Register (FSR). In addition, Special Function
Registers are used to control the I/O port configuration
and prescaler options.
The General Purpose Registers are used for data and
control information under command of the instructions.
For the PIC16C505, the register file is composed of 8
Special Function Registers, 24 General Purpose
Registers and 48 General Purpose Registers that may
be addressed using a banking scheme (Figure 4-2).
4.2.1 GENERAL PURPOSE REGISTER FILE
The General Purpose Register file is accessed, either
directly or indirectly, through the File Select Register
FSR (Section 4.8).
FIGURE 4-2: PIC16C505 REGISTER FILE MAP
File Address
00h
01h
02h
03h
04h
05h
06h
07h
1Fh
INDF(1)
TMR0
PCL
STATUS
FSR
OSCCAL
PORTB
0Fh
10h
Bank 0 Bank 1
3Fh
30h
20h
2Fh
General
Purpose
Registers
General
Purpose
Registers
General
Purpose
Registers
Addresses map back to
addresses in Bank 0.
Note 1: Not a physical register.
FSR<6:5> 00 01
Bank 3
7Fh
70h
60h
6Fh
General
Purpose
Registers
11
Bank 2
5Fh
50h
40h
4Fh
General
Purpose
Registers
10
08h
PORTC
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 13
PIC16C505
4.2.2 SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTERS
The Special Function Registers (SFRs) are registers
used by the CPU and peripheral functions to control
the operation of the device (Table 4-1).
The Special Function Registers can be classified into
two sets. The Special Function Registers associated
with the “core” functions are described in this section.
Those related to the operation of the peripheral
features are described in the section for each
peripheral feature.
TABLE 4-1: SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER (SFR) SUMMARY
Address Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Value on
Power-On
Reset
Value on
All Other
Resets(2)
00h INDF Uses contents of FSR to address data memory (not a physical register) xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
01h TMR0 8-bit real-time clock/counter xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
02h(1) PCL Low order 8 bits of PC 1111 1111 1111 1111
03h STATUS RBWUF — PAO TO PD Z DC C 0001 1xxx q00q quuu(1)
04h FSR Indirect data memory address pointer 110x xxxx 11uu uuuu
05h OSCCAL CAL5 CAL4 CAL3 CAL2 CAL1 CAL0 — — 1000 00-- uuuu uu--
N/A TRISB — — I/O control registers --11 1111 --11 1111
N/A TRISC — — I/O control registers --11 1111 --11 1111
N/A OPTION RBWU RBPU TOCS TOSE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 1111 1111 1111 1111
06h PORTB — — RB5 RB4 RB3 RB2 RB1 RB0 --xx xxxx --uu uuuu
07h PORTC — — RC5 RC4 RC3 RC2 RC1 RC0 --xx xxxx --uu uuuu
Legend: Shaded cells not used by Port Registers, read as ‘0’, — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’, x = unknown, u = unchanged,
q = depends on condition.
Note 1: If reset was due to wake-up on pin change, then bit 7 = 1. All other rests will cause bit 7 = 0.
Note 2: Other (non-power-up) resets include external reset through MCLR, watchdog timer and wake-up on pin change reset.
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 14  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
4.3 STATUS Register
This register contains the arithmetic status of the ALU,
the RESET status and the page preselect bit.
The STATUS register can be the destination for any
instruction, as with any other register. If the STATUS
register is the destination for an instruction that affects
the Z, DC or C bits, then the write to these three bits is
disabled. These bits are set or cleared according to
the device logic. Furthermore, the TO and PD bits are
not writable. Therefore, the result of an instruction with
the STATUS register as destination may be different
than intended.
For example, CLRF STATUS will clear the upper three
bits and set the Z bit. This leaves the STATUS register
as 000u u1uu (where u = unchanged).
It is recommended, therefore, that only BCF, BSF and
MOVWF instructions be used to alter the STATUS
register, because these instructions do not affect the
Z, DC or C bits from the STATUS register. For other
instructions, which do affect STATUS bits, see
Instruction Set Summary.
REGISTER 4-1: STATUS REGISTER (ADDRESS:03h)
R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R-1 R-1 R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x
RBWUF — PA0 TO PD Z DC C R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit,
read as ‘0’
- n = Value at POR reset
bit7 6 5 4 3 2 1 bit0
bit 7: RBWUF: I/O reset bit
1 = Reset due to wake-up from SLEEP on pin change
0 = After power up or other reset
bit 6: Unimplemented
bit 5: PA0: Program page preselect bits
1 = Page 1 (200h - 3FFh)
0 = Page 0 (000h - 1FFh)
Each page is 512 bytes.
Using the PA0 bit as a general purpose read/write bit in devices which do not use it for program
page preselect is not recommended, since this may affect upward compatibility with future products.
bit 4: TO: Time-out bit
1 = After power-up, CLRWDT instruction, or SLEEP instruction
0 = A WDT time-out occurred
bit 3: PD: Power-down bit
1 = After power-up or by the CLRWDT instruction
0 = By execution of the SLEEP instruction
bit 2: Z: Zero bit
1 = The result of an arithmetic or logic operation is zero
0 = The result of an arithmetic or logic operation is not zero
bit 1: DC: Digit carry/borrow bit (for ADDWF and SUBWF instructions)
ADDWF
1 = A carry from the 4th low order bit of the result occurred
0 = A carry from the 4th low order bit of the result did not occur
SUBWF
1 = A borrow from the 4th low order bit of the result did not occur
0 = A borrow from the 4th low order bit of the result occurred
bit 0: C: Carry/borrow bit (for ADDWF, SUBWF and RRF, RLF instructions)
ADDWF SUBWF RRF or RLF
1 = A carry occurred 1 = A borrow did not occur Load bit with LSB or MSB, respectively
0 = A carry did not occur 0 = A borrow occurred
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 15
PIC16C505
4.4 OPTION Register
The OPTION register is a 8-bit wide, write-only
register, which contains various control bits to
configure the Timer0/WDT prescaler and Timer0.
By executing the OPTION instruction, the contents of
the W register will be transferred to the OPTION
register. A RESET sets the OPTION<7:0> bits.
Note: If TRIS bit is set to ‘0’, the wake-up on
change and pull-up functions are disabled
for that pin (i.e., note that TRIS overrides
OPTION control of RBPU and RBWU).
REGISTER 4-2: OPTION REGISTER
W-1 W-1 W-1 W-1 W-1 W-1 W-1 W-1
RBWU RBPU T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit,
read as ‘0’
- n = Value at POR reset
bit7 6 5 4 3 2 1 bit0
bit 7: RBWU: Enable wake-up on pin change (RB0, RB1, RB3, RB4)
1 = Disabled
0 = Enabled
bit 6: RBPU: Enable weak pull-ups (RB0, RB1, RB3, RB4)
1 = Disabled
0 = Enabled
bit 5: T0CS: Timer0 clock source select bit
1 = Transition on T0CKI pin (overrides TRIS <RC57>
0 = Transition on internal instruction cycle clock, Fosc/4
bit 4: T0SE: Timer0 source edge select bit
1 = Increment on high to low transition on the T0CKI pin
0 = Increment on low to high transition on the T0CKI pin
bit 3: PSA: Prescaler assignment bit
1 = Prescaler assigned to the WDT
0 = Prescaler assigned to Timer0
bit 2-0: PS<2:0>: Prescaler rate select bits
000
001
010
011
100
101
110
111
1 : 2
1 : 4
1 : 8
1 : 16
1 : 32
1 : 64
1 : 128
1 : 256
1 : 1
1 : 2
1 : 4
1 : 8
1 : 16
1 : 32
1 : 64
1 : 128
Bit Value Timer0 Rate WDT Rate
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 16  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
4.5 OSCCAL Register
The Oscillator Calibration (OSCCAL) register is used to
calibrate the internal 4 MHz oscillator. It contains six
bits for calibration
After you move in the calibration constant, do not
change the value. See Section 7.2.5
Note: Please note that erasing the device will
also erase the pre-programmed internal
calibration value for the internal oscillator.
The calibration value must be read prior to
erasing the part, so it can be repro-
grammed correctly later.
REGISTER 4-3: OSCCAL REGISTER (ADDRESS 05h) PIC16C505
R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0
CAL5 CAL4 CAL3 CAL2 CAL1 CAL0 — — R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit,
read as ‘0’
- n = Value at POR reset
bit7 bit0
bit 7-2: CAL<5:0>: Calibration
bit 1-0: Unimplemented read as ‘0’
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 17
PIC16C505
4.6 Program Counter
As a program instruction is executed, the Program
Counter (PC) will contain the address of the next
program instruction to be executed. The PC value is
increased by one every instruction cycle, unless an
instruction changes the PC.
For a GOTO instruction, bits 8:0 of the PC are provided
by the GOTO instruction word. The PC Latch (PCL) is
mapped to PC<7:0>. Bit 5 of the STATUS register
provides page information to bit 9 of the PC
(Figure 4-3).
For a CALL instruction, or any instruction where the
PCL is the destination, bits 7:0 of the PC again are
provided by the instruction word. However, PC<8>
does not come from the instruction word, but is always
cleared (Figure 4-3).
Instructions where the PCL is the destination, or
Modify PCL instructions, include MOVWF PC, ADDWF
PC, and BSF PC,5.
FIGURE 4-3: LOADING OF PC
BRANCH INSTRUCTIONS -
PIC16C505
Note: Because PC<8> is cleared in the CALL
instruction or any Modify PCL instruction,
all subroutine calls or computed jumps are
limited to the first 256 locations of any pro-
gram memory page (512 words long).
PA0
STATUS
PC
8 7 0
PCL
910
Instruction Word
7 0
GOTO Instruction
CALL or Modify PCL Instruction
11
PA0
STATUS
PC
8 7 0
PCL
910
Instruction Word
7 0
11
Reset to ‘0’
4.6.1 EFFECTS OF RESET
The Program Counter is set upon a RESET, which
means that the PC addresses the last location in the
last page (i.e., the oscillator calibration instruction.)
After executing MOVLW XX, the PC will roll over to
location 00h and begin executing user code.
The STATUS register page preselect bits are cleared
upon a RESET, which means that page 0 is pre-
selected.
Therefore, upon a RESET, a GOTO instruction will
automatically cause the program to jump to page 0
until the value of the page bits is altered.
4.7 Stack
PIC16C505 devices have a 12-bit wide hardware
push/pop stack.
A CALL instruction will push the current value of stack
1 into stack 2 and then push the current program
counter value, incremented by one, into stack level 1. If
more than two sequential CALL’s are executed, only
the most recent two return addresses are stored.
A RETLW instruction will pop the contents of stack level
1 into the program counter and then copy stack level 2
contents into level 1. If more than two sequential
RETLW’s are executed, the stack will be filled with the
address previously stored in level 2. Note that the
W register will be loaded with the literal value specified
in the instruction. This is particularly useful for the
implementation of data look-up tables within the
program memory.
Note 1: There are no STATUS bits to indicate
stack overflows or stack underflow condi-
tions.
Note 2: There are no instructions mnemonics
called PUSH or POP. These are actions that
occur from the execution of the CALL,
RETLW, and instructions.
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 18  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
4.8 Indirect Data Addressing; INDF and
FSR Registers
The INDF register is not a physical register.
Addressing INDF actually addresses the register
whose address is contained in the FSR register (FSR
is a pointer). This is indirect addressing.
EXAMPLE 4-1: INDIRECT ADDRESSING
• Register file 07 contains the value 10h
• Register file 08 contains the value 0Ah
• Load the value 07 into the FSR register
• A read of the INDF register will return the value
of 10h
• Increment the value of the FSR register by one
(FSR = 08)
• A read of the INDR register now will return the
value of 0Ah.
Reading INDF itself indirectly (FSR = 0) will produce
00h. Writing to the INDF register indirectly results in a
no-operation (although STATUS bits may be affected).
A simple program to clear RAM locations 10h-1Fh
using indirect addressing is shown in Example 4-2.
EXAMPLE 4-2: HOW TO CLEAR RAM
USING INDIRECT
ADDRESSING
movlw 0x10 ;initialize pointer
movwf FSR ; to RAM
NEXT clrf INDF ;clear INDF register
incf FSR,F ;inc pointer
btfsc FSR,4 ;all done?
goto NEXT ;NO, clear next
CONTINUE
: ;YES, continue
:
The FSR is a 5-bit wide register. It is used in
conjunction with the INDF register to indirectly address
the data memory area.
The FSR<4:0> bits are used to select data memory
addresses 00h to 1Fh.
The device uses FSR<6:5> to select between banks
0:3.
FIGURE 4-4: DIRECT/INDIRECT ADDRESSING
Note 1: For register map detail see Section 4.2.
Direct Addressing
(FSR)
6 5 4 (opcode) 0
bank select location select
00 01 10 11
00h
0Fh
10h
Data
Memory(1)
1Fh 3Fh 5Fh 7Fh
Bank 0 Bank 1 Bank 2 Bank 3
Addresses
map back to
addresses
in Bank 0.
Indirect Addressing
6 5 4 (FSR) 0
bank location select
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 19
PIC16C505
5.0 I/O PORT
As with any other register, the I/O register can be
written and read under program control. However,
read instructions (e.g., MOVF PORTB,W) always read
the I/O pins independent of the pin’s input/output
modes. On RESET, all I/O ports are defined as input
(inputs are at hi-impedance) since the I/O control
registers are all set.
5.1 PORTB
PORTB is an 8-bit I/O register. Only the low order 6
bits are used (RB<5:0>). Bits 7 and 6 are
unimplemented and read as '0's. Please note that RB3
is an input only pin. The configuration word can set
several I/O’s to alternate functions. When acting as
alternate functions, the pins will read as ‘0’ during port
read. Pins RB0, RB1, RB3 and RB4 can be configured
with weak pull-ups and also with wake-up on change.
The wake-up on change and weak pull-up functions
are not pin selectable. If pin 4 is configured as MCLR,
weak pull-up is always off and wake-up on change for
this pin is not enabled.
5.2 PORTC
PORTC is an 8-bit I/O register. Only the low order 6 bits
are used (RC<5:0>). Bits 7 and 6 are unimplemented
and read as ‘0’s.
5.3 TRIS Registers
The output driver control register is loaded with the
contents of the W register by executing the TRIS f
instruction. A '1' from a TRIS register bit puts the
corresponding output driver in a hi-impedance mode.
A '0' puts the contents of the output data latch on the
selected pins, enabling the output buffer. The
exceptions are RB3, which is input only, and RC5,
which may be controlled by the option register. See
Register 4-2.
The TRIS registers are “write-only” and are set (output
drivers disabled) upon RESET.
Note: A read of the ports reads the pins, not the
output data latches. That is, if an output
driver on a pin is enabled and driven high,
but the external system is holding it low, a
read of the port will indicate that the pin is
low.
5.4 I/O Interfacing
The equivalent circuit for an I/O port pin is shown in
Figure 5-1. All port pins except RB3, which is input
only, may be used for both input and output operations.
For input operations, these ports are non-latching. Any
input must be present until read by an input instruction
(e.g., MOVF PORTB,W). The outputs are latched and
remain unchanged until the output latch is rewritten. To
use a port pin as output, the corresponding direction
control bit in TRIS must be cleared (= 0). For use as an
input, the corresponding TRIS bit must be set. Any I/O
pin (except RB3) can be programmed individually as
input or output.
FIGURE 5-1: EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT
FOR A SINGLE I/O PIN
Data
Bus
QD
QCK
QD
QCK
P
N
WR
Port
TRIS ‘f’
Data
TRIS
RD Port
VSS
VDD
I/O
pin(1)
W
Reg
Latch
Latch
Reset
Note 1: I/O pins have protection diodes to VDD and VSS.
Note 2: See Table 3-1 for buffer type.
(2)
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 20  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 5-1: SUMMARY OF PORT REGISTERS
Address Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Value on
Power-On
Reset
Value on
All Other Resets
N/A TRISB — — I/O control registers --11 1111 --11 1111
N/A TRISC — — I/O control registers --11 1111 --11 1111
N/A OPTION RBWU RBPU TOCS TOSE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 1111 1111 1111 1111
03h STATUS RBWUF — PAO TO PD Z DC C 0001 1xxx q00q quuu(1)
06h PORTB — — RB5 RB4 RB3 RB2 RB1 RB0 --xx xxxx --uu uuuu
07h PORTC — — RC5 RC4 RC3 RC2 RC1 RC0 --xx xxxx --uu uuuu
Legend: Shaded cells not used by Port Registers, read as ‘0’, — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’, x = unknown, u = unchanged,
q = depends on condition.
Note 1: If reset was due to wake-up on pin change, then bit 7 = 1. All other rests will cause bit 7 = 0.
5.5 I/O Programming Considerations
5.5.1 BI-DIRECTIONAL I/O PORTS
Some instructions operate internally as read followed
by write operations. The BCF and BSF instructions, for
example, read the entire port into the CPU, execute
the bit operation and re-write the result. Caution must
be used when these instructions are applied to a port
where one or more pins are used as input/outputs. For
example, a BSF operation on bit5 of PORTB will cause
all eight bits of PORTB to be read into the CPU, bit5 to
be set and the PORTB value to be written to the output
latches. If another bit of PORTB is used as a bi-
directional I/O pin (say bit0) and it is defined as an
input at this time, the input signal present on the pin
itself would be read into the CPU and rewritten to the
data latch of this particular pin, overwriting the
previous content. As long as the pin stays in the input
mode, no problem occurs. However, if bit0 is switched
into output mode later on, the content of the data latch
may now be unknown.
Example 5-1 shows the effect of two sequential read-
modify-write instructions (e.g., BCF, BSF, etc.) on an
I/O port.
A pin actively outputting a high or a low should not be
driven from external devices at the same time in order
to change the level on this pin (“wired-or”, “wired-
and”). The resulting high output currents may damage
the chip.
EXAMPLE 5-1: READ-MODIFY-WRITE
INSTRUCTIONS ON AN
I/O PORT
;Initial PORTB Settings
; PORTB<5:3> Inputs
; PORTB<2:0> Outputs
;
; PORTB latch PORTB pins
; ---------- ----------
BCF PORTB, 5 ;--01 -ppp --11 pppp
BCF PORTB, 4 ;--10 -ppp --11 pppp
MOVLW 007h ;
TRIS PORTB ;--10 -ppp --11 pppp
;
;Note that the user may have expected the pin
;values to be --00 pppp. The 2nd BCF caused
;RB5 to be latched as the pin value (High).
5.5.2 SUCCESSIVE OPERATIONS ON I/O
PORTS
The actual write to an I/O port happens at the end of
an instruction cycle, whereas for reading, the data
must be valid at the beginning of the instruction cycle
(Figure 5-2). Therefore, care must be exercised if a
write followed by a read operation is carried out on the
same I/O port. The sequence of instructions should
allow the pin voltage to stabilize (load dependent)
before the next instruction causes that file to be read
into the CPU. Otherwise, the previous state of that pin
may be read into the CPU rather than the new state.
When in doubt, it is better to separate these
instructions with a NOP or another instruction not
accessing this I/O port.
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 21
PIC16C505
FIGURE 5-2: SUCCESSIVE I/O OPERATION
PC PC + 1 PC + 2 PC + 3
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Instruction
fetched
RB<5:0>
MOVWF PORTB NOP
Port pin
sampled here
NOPMOVF PORTB,W
Instruction
executed MOVWF PORTB
(Write to PORTB)
NOPMOVF PORTB,W
This example shows a write to PORTB
followed by a read from PORTB.
Data setup time = (0.25 TCY – TPD)
where: TCY = instruction cycle.
TPD = propagation delay
Therefore, at higher clock frequencies, a
write followed by a read may be problematic.
(Read PORTB)
Port pin
written here
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 22  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 23
PIC16C505
6.0 TIMER0 MODULE AND TMR0
REGISTER
The Timer0 module has the following features:
• 8-bit timer/counter register, TMR0
- Readable and writable
• 8-bit software programmable prescaler
• Internal or external clock select
- Edge select for external clock
Figure 6-1 is a simplified block diagram of the Timer0
module.
Timer mode is selected by clearing the T0CS bit
(OPTION<5>). In timer mode, the Timer0 module will
increment every instruction cycle (without prescaler). If
TMR0 register is written, the increment is inhibited for
the following two cycles (Figure 6-2 and Figure 6-3).
The user can work around this by writing an adjusted
value to the TMR0 register.
Counter mode is selected by setting the T0CS bit
(OPTION<5>). In this mode, Timer0 will increment
either on every rising or falling edge of pin T0CKI. The
T0SE bit (OPTION<4>) determines the source edge.
Clearing the T0SE bit selects the rising edge.
Restrictions on the external clock input are discussed
in detail in Section 6.1.
The prescaler may be used by either the Timer0
module or the Watchdog Timer, but not both. The
prescaler assignment is controlled in software by the
control bit PSA (OPTION<3>). Clearing the PSA bit
will assign the prescaler to Timer0. The prescaler is
not readable or writable. When the prescaler is
assigned to the Timer0 module, prescale values of 1:2,
1:4,..., 1:256 are selectable. Section 6.2 details the
operation of the prescaler.
A summary of registers associated with the Timer0
module is found in Table 6-1.
FIGURE 6-1: TIMER0 BLOCK DIAGRAM
Note 1: Bits T0CS, T0SE, PSA, PS2, PS1 and PS0 are located in the OPTION register.
2: The prescaler is shared with the Watchdog Timer (Figure 6-5).
0
1
1
0
T0CS(1)
FOSC/4
Programmable
Prescaler(2)
Sync with
Internal
Clocks
TMR0 reg
PSout
(2 TCY delay)
PSout
Data Bus
8
PSA(1)
PS2, PS1, PS0(1)
3
Sync
T0SE
RC5/T0CKI
Pin
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 24  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 6-2: TIMER0 TIMING: INTERNAL CLOCK/NO PRESCALE
FIGURE 6-3: TIMER0 TIMING: INTERNAL CLOCK/PRESCALE 1:2
TABLE 6-1: REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER0
Address Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Value on
Power-On
Reset
Value on
All Other
Resets
01h TMR0 Timer0 - 8-bit real-time clock/counter xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
N/A OPTION RBWU RBPU T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 1111 1111 1111 1111
N/A TRISC — — RC5 RC4 RC3 RC2 RC1 RC0 --11 1111 --11 1111
Legend: Shaded cells not used by Timer0, - = unimplemented, x = unknown, u = unchanged.
PC-1
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4PC
(Program
Counter)
Instruction
Fetch
Timer0
PC PC+1 PC+2 PC+3 PC+4 PC+5 PC+6
T0 T0+1 T0+2 NT0 NT0+1 NT0+2
MOVWF TMR0 MOVF TMR0,W MOVF TMR0,W MOVF TMR0,W MOVF TMR0,W MOVF TMR0,W
Write TMR0
executed
Read TMR0
reads NT0
Read TMR0
reads NT0
Read TMR0
reads NT0
Read TMR0
reads NT0 + 1
Read TMR0
reads NT0 + 2
Instruction
Executed
PC-1
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4PC
(Program
Counter)
Instruction
Fetch
Timer0
PC PC+1 PC+2 PC+3 PC+4 PC+5 PC+6
T0 NT0+1
MOVWF TMR0 MOVF TMR0,W MOVF TMR0,W MOVF TMR0,W MOVF TMR0,W MOVF TMR0,W
Write TMR0
executed
Read TMR0
reads NT0
Read TMR0
reads NT0
Read TMR0
reads NT0
Read TMR0
reads NT0
Read TMR0
reads NT0 + 1
T0+1 NT0
Instruction
Execute
T0
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 25
PIC16C505
6.1 Using Timer0 with an External Clock
When an external clock input is used for Timer0, it
must meet certain requirements. The external clock
requirement is due to internal phase clock (TOSC)
synchronization. Also, there is a delay in the actual
incrementing of Timer0 after synchronization.
6.1.1 EXTERNAL CLOCK SYNCHRONIZATION
When no prescaler is used, the external clock input is
the same as the prescaler output. The synchronization
of T0CKI with the internal phase clocks is
accomplished by sampling the prescaler output on the
Q2 and Q4 cycles of the internal phase clocks
(Figure 6-4). Therefore, it is necessary for T0CKI to be
high for at least 2TOSC (and a small RC delay of 20 ns)
and low for at least 2TOSC (and a small RC delay of
20 ns). Refer to the electrical specification of the
desired device.
When a prescaler is used, the external clock input is
divided by the asynchronous ripple counter-type
prescaler, so that the prescaler output is symmetrical.
For the external clock to meet the sampling
requirement, the ripple counter must be taken into
account. Therefore, it is necessary for T0CKI to have a
period of at least 4TOSC (and a small RC delay of
40 ns) divided by the prescaler value. The only
requirement on T0CKI high and low time is that they
do not violate the minimum pulse width requirement of
10 ns. Refer to parameters 40, 41 and 42 in the
electrical specification of the desired device.
6.1.2 TIMER0 INCREMENT DELAY
Since the prescaler output is synchronized with the
internal clocks, there is a small delay from the time the
external clock edge occurs to the time the Timer0
module is actually incremented. Figure 6-4 shows the
delay from the external clock edge to the timer
incrementing.
FIGURE 6-4: TIMER0 TIMING WITH EXTERNAL CLOCK
Increment Timer0 (Q4)
External Clock Input or
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Timer0 T0 T0 + 1 T0 + 2
Small pulse
misses sampling
External Clock/Prescaler
Output After Sampling
(3)
Note 1:
2:
3:
Delay from clock input change to Timer0 increment is 3Tosc to 7Tosc. (Duration of Q = Tosc).
Therefore, the error in measuring the interval between two edges on Timer0 input =  4Tosc max.
External clock if no prescaler selected; prescaler output otherwise.
The arrows indicate the points in time where sampling occurs.
Prescaler Output (2)
(1)
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 26  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
6.2 Prescaler
An 8-bit counter is available as a prescaler for the
Timer0 module or as a postscaler for the Watchdog
Timer (WDT), respectively (Section 7.6). For simplicity,
this counter is being referred to as “prescaler”
throughout this data sheet. Note that the prescaler
may be used by either the Timer0 module or the WDT,
but not both. Thus, a prescaler assignment for the
Timer0 module means that there is no prescaler for
the WDT, and vice-versa.
The PSA and PS<2:0> bits (OPTION<3:0>) determine
prescaler assignment and prescale ratio.
When assigned to the Timer0 module, all instructions
writing to the TMR0 register (e.g., CLRF 1,
MOVWF 1, BSF 1,x, etc.) will clear the prescaler.
When assigned to WDT, a CLRWDT instruction will
clear the prescaler along with the WDT. The prescaler
is neither readable nor writable. On a RESET, the
prescaler contains all '0's.
6.2.1 SWITCHING PRESCALER ASSIGNMENT
The prescaler assignment is fully under software
control (i.e., it can be changed “on-the-fly” during
program execution). To avoid an unintended device
RESET, the following instruction sequence
(Example 6-1) must be executed when changing the
prescaler assignment from Timer0 to the WDT.
EXAMPLE 6-1: CHANGING PRESCALER
(TIMER0WDT)
1.CLRWDT ;Clear WDT
2.CLRF TMR0 ;Clear TMR0 & Prescaler
3.MOVLW '00xx1111’b ;These 3 lines (5, 6, 7)
4.OPTION ; are required only if
; desired
5.CLRWDT ;PS<2:0> are 000 or 001
6.MOVLW '00xx1xxx’b ;Set Postscaler to
7.OPTION ; desired WDT rate
To change prescaler from the WDT to the Timer0
module, use the sequence shown in Example 6-2.
This sequence must be used even if the WDT is
disabled. A CLRWDT instruction should be executed
before switching the prescaler.
EXAMPLE 6-2: CHANGING PRESCALER
(WDTTIMER0)
CLRWDT ;Clear WDT and
;prescaler
MOVLW 'xxxx0xxx' ;Select TMR0, new
;prescale value and
;clock source
OPTION
FIGURE 6-5: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF THE TIMER0/WDT PRESCALER
TCY ( = Fosc/4)
Sync
2
Cycles
TMR0 reg
8-bit Prescaler
8 - to - 1MUX
M
MUX
Watchdog
Timer
PSA
0 1
0
1
WDT
Time-Out
PS<2:0>
8
Note: T0CS, T0SE, PSA, PS<2:0> are bits in the OPTION register.
PSA
WDT Enable bit
0
1
0
1
Data Bus
8
PSA
T0CS
M
U
X M
U
X
U
X
T0SE
RC5/T0CKI
Pin
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 27
PIC16C505
7.0 SPECIAL FEATURES OF THE
CPU
What sets a microcontroller apart from other
processors are special circuits to deal with the needs
of real-time applications. The PIC16C505
microcontroller has a host of such features intended to
maximize system reliability, minimize cost through
elimination of external components, provide power
saving operating modes and offer code protection.
These features are:
• Oscillator selection
• Reset
- Power-On Reset (POR)
- Device Reset Timer (DRT)
- Wake-up from SLEEP on pin change
• Watchdog Timer (WDT)
• SLEEP
• Code protection
• ID locations
• In-circuit Serial Programming
• Clock Out
The PIC16C505 has a Watchdog Timer, which can be
shut off only through configuration bit WDTE. It runs
off of its own RC oscillator for added reliability. If using
HS, XT or LP selectable oscillator options, there is
always an 18 ms (nominal) delay provided by the
Device Reset Timer (DRT), intended to keep the chip
in reset until the crystal oscillator is stable. If using
INTRC or EXTRC, there is an 18 ms delay only on VDD
power-up. With this timer on-chip, most applications
need no external reset circuitry.
The SLEEP mode is designed to offer a very low
current power-down mode. The user can wake-up
from SLEEP through a change on input pins or
through a Watchdog Timer time-out. Several oscillator
options are also made available to allow the part to fit
the application, including an internal 4 MHz oscillator.
The EXTRC oscillator option saves system cost while
the LP crystal option saves power. A set of
configuration bits are used to select various options.
7.1 Configuration Bits
The PIC16C505 configuration word consists of 12 bits.
Configuration bits can be programmed to select
various device configurations. Three bits are for the
selection of the oscillator type, one bit is the Watchdog
Timer enable bit, and one bit is the MCLR enable bit.
Seven bits are for code protection (Register 7-1).
REGISTER 7-1: CONFIGURATION WORD FOR PIC16C505
CP CP CP CP CP CP MCLRE CP WDTE FOSC2 FOSC1 FOSC0 Register: CONFIG
Address(2)
: 0FFFhbit11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 bit0
bit 11-6, 4: CP Code Protection bits (1)(2)(3)
bit 5: MCLRE: RB3/MCLR pin function select
1 = RB3/MCLR pin function is MCLR
0 = RB3/MCLR pin function is digital I/O, MCLR internally tied to VDD
bit 3: WDTE: Watchdog timer enable bit
1 = WDT enabled
0 = WDT disabled
bit 2-0: FOSC<1:0>: Oscillator Selection bits
111 = external RC oscillator/CLKOUT function on RB4/OSC2/CLKOUT pin
110 = external RC oscillator/RB4 function on RB4/OSC2/CLKOUT pin
101 = internal RC oscillator/CLKOUT function on RB4/OSC2/CLKOUT pin
100 = internal RC oscillator/RB4 function on RB4/OSC2/CLKOUT pin
011 = invalid selection
010 = HS oscillator
001 = XT oscillator
000 = LP oscillator
Note 1: 03FFh is always uncode protected on the PIC16C505. This location contains the
MOVLWxx calibration instruction for the INTRC.
2: Refer to the PIC16C505 Programming Specifications to determine how to access the con-
figuration word. This register is not user addressable during device operation.
3: All code protect bits must be written to the same value.
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 28  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
7.2 Oscillator Configurations
7.2.1 OSCILLATOR TYPES
The PIC16C505 can be operated in four different
oscillator modes. The user can program three
configuration bits (FOSC<2:0>) to select one of these
four modes:
• LP: Low Power Crystal
• XT: Crystal/Resonator
• HS: High Speed Crystal/Resonator
• INTRC: Internal 4 MHz Oscillator
• EXTRC: External Resistor/Capacitor
7.2.2 CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR / CERAMIC
RESONATORS
In HS, XT or LP modes, a crystal or ceramic resonator
is connected to the RB5/OSC1/CLKIN and RB4/
OSC2/CLKOUT pins to establish oscillation
(Figure 7-1). The PIC16C505 oscillator design
requires the use of a parallel cut crystal. Use of a
series cut crystal may give a frequency out of the
crystal manufacturers specifications. When in HS, XT
or LP modes, the device can have an external clock
source drive the RB5/OSC1/CLKIN pin (Figure 7-2).
FIGURE 7-1: CRYSTAL OPERATION (OR
CERAMIC RESONATOR)
(HS, XT OR LP OSC
CONFIGURATION)
FIGURE 7-2: EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUT
OPERATION (HS, XT OR LP
OSC CONFIGURATION)
Note 1: See Capacitor Selection tables for
recommended values of C1 and C2.
2: A series resistor (RS) may be required for AT
strip cut crystals.
3: RF approx. value = 10 M.
C1(1)
C2(1)
XTAL
OSC2
OSC1
RF(3)
SLEEP
To internal
logic
RS(2)
PIC16C505
Clock from
ext. system
OSC1
OSC2
PIC16C505
Open
TABLE 7-1: CAPACITOR SELECTION
FOR CERAMIC RESONATORS
- PIC16C505
TABLE 7-2: CAPACITOR SELECTION
FOR CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR -
PIC16C505
Osc
Type
Resonator
Freq
Cap. Range
C1
Cap. Range
C2
XT 4.0 MHz 30 pF 30 pF
HS 16 MHz 10-47 pF 10-47 pF
These values are for design guidance only. Since
each resonator has its own characteristics, the user
should consult the resonator manufacturer for
appropriate values of external components.
Osc
Type
Resonator
Freq
Cap.Range
C1
Cap. Range
C2
LP 32 kHz(1)
15 pF 15 pF
XT 200 kHz
1 MHz
4 MHz
47-68 pF
15 pF
15 pF
47-68 pF
15 pF
15 pF
HS 20 MHz 15-47 pF 15-47 pF
Note 1: For VDD > 4.5V, C1 = C2  30 pF is
recommended.
These values are for design guidance only. Rs may
be required to avoid overdriving crystals with low
drive level specification. Since each crystal has its
own characteristics, the user should consult the crys-
tal manufacturer for appropriate values of external
components.
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 29
PIC16C505
7.2.3 EXTERNAL CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
CIRCUIT
Either a prepackaged oscillator or a simple oscillator
circuit with TTL gates can be used as an external
crystal oscillator circuit. Prepackaged oscillators
provide a wide operating range and better stability. A
well-designed crystal oscillator will provide good
performance with TTL gates. Two types of crystal
oscillator circuits can be used: one with parallel
resonance, or one with series resonance.
Figure 7-3 shows implementation of a parallel
resonant oscillator circuit. The circuit is designed to
use the fundamental frequency of the crystal. The
74AS04 inverter performs the 180-degree phase shift
that a parallel oscillator requires. The 4.7 k resistor
provides the negative feedback for stability. The 10 k
potentiometers bias the 74AS04 in the linear region.
This circuit could be used for external oscillator
designs.
FIGURE 7-3: EXTERNAL PARALLEL
RESONANT CRYSTAL
OSCILLATOR CIRCUIT
Figure 7-4 shows a series resonant oscillator circuit.
This circuit is also designed to use the fundamental
frequency of the crystal. The inverter performs a 180-
degree phase shift in a series resonant oscillator
circuit. The 330  resistors provide the negative
feedback to bias the inverters in their linear region.
FIGURE 7-4: EXTERNAL SERIES
RESONANT CRYSTAL
OSCILLATOR CIRCUIT
20 pF
+5V
20 pF
10k
4.7k
10k
74AS04
XTAL
10k
74AS04 PIC16C505
CLKIN
To Other
Devices
330
74AS04 74AS04 PIC16C505
CLKIN
To Other
Devices
XTAL
330
74AS04
0.1 mF
7.2.4 EXTERNAL RC OSCILLATOR
For timing insensitive applications, the RC device
option offers additional cost savings. The RC oscillator
frequency is a function of the supply voltage, the
resistor (Rext) and capacitor (Cext) values, and the
operating temperature. In addition to this, the oscillator
frequency will vary from unit to unit due to normal
process parameter variation. Furthermore, the
difference in lead frame capacitance between package
types will also affect the oscillation frequency,
especially for low Cext values. The user also needs to
take into account variation due to tolerance of external
R and C components used.
Figure 7-5 shows how the R/C combination is
connected to the PIC16C505. For Rext values below
2.2 k, the oscillator operation may become unstable,
or stop completely. For very high Rext values
(e.g., 1 M) the oscillator becomes sensitive to noise,
humidity and leakage. Thus, we recommend keeping
Rext between 3 k and 100 k.
Although the oscillator will operate with no external
capacitor (Cext = 0 pF), we recommend using values
above 20 pF for noise and stability reasons. With no or
small external capacitance, the oscillation frequency
can vary dramatically due to changes in external
capacitances, such as PCB trace capacitance or
package lead frame capacitance.
The Electrical Specifications section shows RC
frequency variation from part to part due to normal
process variation. The variation is larger for larger
values of R (since leakage current variation will affect
RC frequency more for large R) and for smaller values
of C (since variation of input capacitance will affect RC
frequency more).
Also, see the Electrical Specifications section for
variation of oscillator frequency due to VDD for given
Rext/Cext values, as well as frequency variation due to
operating temperature for given R, C and VDD values.
FIGURE 7-5: EXTERNAL RC OSCILLATOR
MODE
VDD
Rext
Cext
VSS
OSC1
Internal
clock
PIC16C505
N
FOSC/4 OSC2/CLKOUT
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 30  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
7.2.5 INTERNAL 4 MHz RC OSCILLATOR
The internal RC oscillator provides a fixed 4 MHz (nom-
inal) system clock at VDD = 5V and 25°C, see Electrical
Specifications section for information on variation over
voltage and temperature.
In addition, a calibration instruction is programmed into
the last address of memory, which contains the calibra-
tion value for the internal RC oscillator. This location is
always protected, regardless of the code protect set-
tings. This value is programmed as a MOVLW XX
instruction where XX is the calibration value, and is
placed at the reset vector. This will load the W register
with the calibration value upon reset and the PC will
then roll over to the users program at address 0x000.
The user then has the option of writing the value to the
OSCCAL Register (05h) or ignoring it.
OSCCAL, when written to with the calibration value, will
“trim” the internal oscillator to remove process variation
from the oscillator frequency.
For the PIC16C505, only bits <7:2> of OSCCAL are
implemented.
7.3 RESET
The device differentiates between various kinds of
reset:
a) Power on reset (POR)
b) MCLR reset during normal operation
c) MCLR reset during SLEEP
d) WDT time-out reset during normal operation
e) WDT time-out reset during SLEEP
f) Wake-up from SLEEP on pin change
Some registers are not reset in any way, they are
unknown on POR and unchanged in any other reset.
Most other registers are reset to “reset state” on power-
on reset (POR), MCLR, WDT or wake-up on pin
change reset during normal operation. They are not
affected by a WDT reset during SLEEP or MCLR reset
during SLEEP, since these resets are viewed as
resumption of normal operation. The exceptions to this
are TO, PD and RBWUF bits. They are set or cleared
differently in different reset situations. These bits are
used in software to determine the nature of reset. See
Table 7-3 for a full description of reset states of all
registers.
Note: Please note that erasing the device will
also erase the pre-programmed internal
calibration value for the internal oscillator.
The calibration value must be read prior
to erasing the part so it can be repro-
grammed correctly later.
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 31
PIC16C505
TABLE 7-3: RESET CONDITIONS FOR REGISTERS
TABLE 7-4: RESET CONDITION FOR SPECIAL REGISTERS
Register Address Power-on Reset
MCLR Reset
WDT time-out
Wake-up on Pin Change
W — qqqq qqqq(1)
qqqq qqqq(1)
INDF 00h xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
TMR0 01h xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
PC 02h 1111 1111 1111 1111
STATUS 03h 0001 1xxx q00q quuu(2,3)
FSR 04h 110x xxxx 11uu uuuu
OSCCAL 05h 1000 00-- uuuu uu--
PORTB 06h --xx xxxxx --uu uuuu
PORTC 07h --xx xxxxx --uu uuuu
OPTION — 1111 1111 1111 1111
TRISB — --11 1111 --11 1111
TRISC — --11 1111 --11 1111
Legend: u = unchanged, x = unknown, - = unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’, q = value depends on condition.
Note 1: Bits <7:2> of W register contain oscillator calibration values due to MOVLW XX instruction at top of
memory.
Note 2: See Table 7-7 for reset value for specific conditions.
Note 3: If reset was due to wake-up on pin change, then bit 7 = 1. All other resets will cause bit 7 = 0.
STATUS Addr: 03h PCL Addr: 02h
Power on reset 0001 1xxx 1111 1111
MCLR reset during normal operation 000u uuuu 1111 1111
MCLR reset during SLEEP 0001 0uuu 1111 1111
WDT reset during SLEEP 0000 0uuu 1111 1111
WDT reset normal operation 0000 uuuu 1111 1111
Wake-up from SLEEP on pin change 1001 0uuu 1111 1111
Legend: u = unchanged, x = unknown, - = unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’.
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 32  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
7.3.1 MCLR ENABLE
This configuration bit when unprogrammed (left in the
‘1’ state) enables the external MCLR function. When
programmed, the MCLR function is tied to the internal
VDD, and the pin is assigned to be a I/O. See
Figure 7-6.
FIGURE 7-6: MCLR SELECT
7.4 Power-On Reset (POR)
The PIC16C505 family incorporates on-chip Power-On
Reset (POR) circuitry, which provides an internal chip
reset for most power-up situations.
The on chip POR circuit holds the chip in reset until VDD
has reached a high enough level for proper operation.
To take advantage of the internal POR, program the
RB3/MCLR/VPP pin as MCLR and tie through a resistor
to VDD or program the pin as RB3. An internal weak
pull-up resistor is implemented using a transistor. Refer
to Table 10-1 for the pull-up resistor ranges. This will
eliminate external RC components usually needed to
create a Power-on Reset. A maximum rise time for VDD
is specified. See Electrical Specifications for details.
When the device starts normal operation (exits the
reset condition), device operating parameters (voltage,
frequency, temperature, ...) must be met to ensure
operation. If these conditions are not met, the device
must be held in reset until the operating parameters are
met.
A simplified block diagram of the on-chip Power-On
Reset circuit is shown in Figure 7-7.
RB3/MCLR/VPP
MCLRE
INTERNAL MCLR
WEAK
PULL-UP
RBWU
The Power-On Reset circuit and the Device Reset
Timer (Section 7.5) circuit are closely related. On
power-up, the reset latch is set and the DRT is reset.
The DRT timer begins counting once it detects MCLR
to be high. After the time-out period, which is typically
18 ms, it will reset the reset latch and thus end the on-
chip reset signal.
A power-up example where MCLR is held low is
shown in Figure 7-8. VDD is allowed to rise and
stabilize before bringing MCLR high. The chip will
actually come out of reset TDRT msec after MCLR
goes high.
In Figure 7-9, the on-chip Power-On Reset feature is
being used (MCLR and VDD are tied together or the
pin is programmed to be RB3.). The VDD is stable
before the start-up timer times out and there is no
problem in getting a proper reset. However,
Figure 7-10 depicts a problem situation where VDD
rises too slowly. The time between when the DRT
senses that MCLR is high and when MCLR and VDD
actually reach their full value, is too long. In this
situation, when the start-up timer times out, VDD has
not reached the VDD (min) value and the chip may not
function correctly. For such situations, we recommend
that external RC circuits be used to achieve longer
POR delay times (Figure 7-9).
For additional information refer to Application Notes
“Power-Up Considerations” - AN522 and “Power-up
Trouble Shooting” - AN607.
Note: When the device starts normal operation
(exits the reset condition), device operating
parameters (voltage, frequency, tempera-
ture, etc.) must be met to ensure operation.
If these conditions are not met, the device
must be held in reset until the operating
conditions are met.
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 33
PIC16C505
FIGURE 7-7: SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM OF ON-CHIP RESET CIRCUIT
FIGURE 7-8: TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (MCLR PULLED LOW)
FIGURE 7-9: TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (MCLR TIED TO VDD): FAST VDD RISE TIME
S Q
R Q
VDD
RB3/MCLR/VPP
Power-Up
Detect
On-Chip
DRT OSC
POR (Power-On Reset)
WDT Time-out
RESET
CHIP RESET
8-bit Asynch
Ripple Counter
(Start-Up Timer)
MCLRE
SLEEP
Pin Change
Wake-up on
pin change
VDD
MCLR
INTERNAL POR
DRT TIME-OUT
INTERNAL RESET
TDRT
VDD
MCLR
INTERNAL POR
DRT TIME-OUT
INTERNAL RESET
TDRT
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 34  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 7-10: TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (MCLR TIED TO VDD): SLOW VDD RISE TIME
VDD
MCLR
INTERNAL POR
DRT TIME-OUT
INTERNAL RESET
TDRT
V1
Note: When VDD rises slowly, the TDRT time-out expires long before VDD has reached its final
value. In this example, the chip will reset properly if, and only if, V1  VDD min.
7.5 Device Reset Timer (DRT)
In the PIC16C505, the DRT runs any time the device is
powered up. DRT runs from RESET and varies based
on oscillator selection and reset type (see Table 7-5).
The DRT operates on an internal RC oscillator. The
processor is kept in RESET as long as the DRT is
active. The DRT delay allows VDD to rise above VDD
min. and for the oscillator to stabilize.
Oscillator circuits based on crystals or ceramic
resonators require a certain time after power-up to
establish a stable oscillation. The on-chip DRT keeps
the device in a RESET condition for approximately 18
ms after MCLR has reached a logic high (VIHMCLR)
level. Thus, programming RB3/MCLR/VPP as MCLR
and using an external RC network connected to the
MCLR input is not required in most cases, allowing for
savings in cost-sensitive and/or space restricted
applications, as well as allowing the use of the RB3/
MCLR/VPP pin as a general purpose input.
The Device Reset time delay will vary from chip to chip
due to VDD, temperature and process variation. See
AC parameters for details.
The DRT will also be triggered upon a Watchdog
Timer time-out. This is particularly important for
applications using the WDT to wake from SLEEP
mode automatically.
Reset sources are POR, MCLR, WDT time-out and
Wake-up on pin change. (See Section 7.9.2, Notes 1,
2, and 3, page 37.)
7.6 Watchdog Timer (WDT)
The Watchdog Timer (WDT) is a free running on-chip
RC oscillator, which does not require any external
components. This RC oscillator is separate from the
external RC oscillator of the RB5/OSC1/CLKIN pin
and the internal 4 MHz oscillator. That means that the
WDT will run even if the main processor clock has
been stopped, for example, by execution of a SLEEP
instruction. During normal operation or SLEEP, a WDT
reset or wake-up reset generates a device RESET.
The TO bit (STATUS<4>) will be cleared upon a
Watchdog Timer reset.
The WDT can be permanently disabled by
programming the configuration bit WDTE as a '0'
(Section 7.1). Refer to the PIC16C505 Programming
Specifications to determine how to access the
configuration word.
TABLE 7-5: DRT (DEVICE RESET TIMER
PERIOD)
Oscillator
Configuration
POR Reset
Subsequent
Resets
IntRC &
ExtRC
18 ms (typical) 300 µs
(typical)
HS, XT & LP 18 ms (typical) 18 ms (typical)
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 35
PIC16C505
7.6.1 WDT PERIOD
The WDT has a nominal time-out period of 18 ms,
(with no prescaler). If a longer time-out period is
desired, a prescaler with a division ratio of up to 1:128
can be assigned to the WDT (under software control)
by writing to the OPTION register. Thus, a time-out
period of a nominal 2.3 seconds can be realized.
These periods vary with temperature, VDD and part-to-
part process variations (see DC specs).
Under worst case conditions (VDD = Min., Temperature
= Max., max. WDT prescaler), it may take several
seconds before a WDT time-out occurs.
7.6.2 WDT PROGRAMMING CONSIDERATIONS
The CLRWDT instruction clears the WDT and the
postscaler, if assigned to the WDT, and prevents it
from timing out and generating a device RESET.
The SLEEP instruction resets the WDT and the
postscaler, if assigned to the WDT. This gives the
maximum SLEEP time before a WDT wake-up reset.
FIGURE 7-11: WATCHDOG TIMER BLOCK DIAGRAM
TABLE 7-6: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH THE WATCHDOG TIMER
Address Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Value on
Power-On
Reset
Value on
All Other
Resets
N/A OPTION RBWU RBPU T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 1111 1111 1111 1111
Legend: Shaded boxes = Not used by Watchdog Timer, — = unimplemented, read as '0', u = unchanged.
10
1
0
From Timer0 Clock Source
(Figure 6-5)
To Timer0 (Figure 6-4)
Postscaler
WDT Enable
Configuration Bit
PSA
WDT
Time-out
PS<2:0>
PSAMUX
8 - to - 1 MUX
Postscaler
M
U
X
Watchdog
Timer
Note: T0CS, T0SE, PSA, PS<2:0>
are bits in the OPTION register.
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 36  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
7.7 Time-Out Sequence, Power Down,
and Wake-up from SLEEP Status Bits
(TO/PD/RBWUF)
The TO, PD, and RBWUF bits in the STATUS register
can be tested to determine if a RESET condition has
been caused by a power-up condition, a MCLR or
Watchdog Timer (WDT) reset.
7.8 Reset on Brown-Out
A brown-out is a condition where device power (VDD)
dips below its minimum value, but not to zero, and then
recovers. The device should be reset in the event of a
brown-out.
To reset PIC16C505 devices when a brown-out
occurs, external brown-out protection circuits may be
built, as shown in Figure 7-12 and Figure 7-13.
FIGURE 7-12: BROWN-OUT PROTECTION
CIRCUIT 1
TABLE 7-7: TO/PD/RBWUF STATUS
AFTER RESET
RBWUF TO PD RESET caused by
0 0 0 WDT wake-up from
SLEEP
0 0 u WDT time-out (not from
SLEEP)
0 1 0 MCLR wake-up from
SLEEP
0 1 1 Power-up
0 u u MCLR not during SLEEP
1 1 0 Wake-up from SLEEP on
pin change
Legend: u = unchanged
Note 1: The TO, PD, and RBWUF bits maintain their
status (u) until a reset occurs. A low-pulse on the
MCLR input does not change the TO, PD, and
RBWUF status bits.
This circuit will activate reset when VDD goes below
Vz + 0.7V (where Vz = Zener voltage).
Note 1: Pin must be confirmed as MCLR.
33k
10k
40k*
VDD
MCLR(1)
PIC16C505
VDD
Q1
FIGURE 7-13: BROWN-OUT PROTECTION
CIRCUIT 2
FIGURE 7-14: BROWN-OUT PROTECTION
CIRCUIT 3
This brown-out circuit is less expensive, although
less accurate. Transistor Q1 turns off when VDD
is below a certain level such that:
Note 1: Pin must be confirmed as MCLR.
VDD •
R1
R1 + R2
= 0.7V
R2 40k*
VDD
MCLR(1)
PIC16C505R1
Q1
VDD
This brown-out protection circuit employs Microchip
Technology’s MCP809 microcontroller supervisor.
There are 7 different trip point selections to
accommodate 5V to 3V systems.
MCLR
PIC12C5XX
VDD
VDD
VSS
RST
MCP809
VDD
bypass
capacitor
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 37
PIC16C505
7.9 Power-Down Mode (SLEEP)
A device may be powered down (SLEEP) and later
powered up (Wake-up from SLEEP).
7.9.1 SLEEP
The Power-Down mode is entered by executing a
SLEEP instruction.
If enabled, the Watchdog Timer will be cleared but
keeps running, the TO bit (STATUS<4>) is set, the PD
bit (STATUS<3>) is cleared and the oscillator driver is
turned off. The I/O ports maintain the status they had
before the SLEEP instruction was executed (driving
high, driving low or hi-impedance).
It should be noted that a RESET generated by a WDT
time-out does not drive the MCLR pin low.
For lowest current consumption while powered down,
the T0CKI input should be at VDD or VSS and the RB3/
MCLR/VPP pin must be at a logic high level (VIHMC) if
MCLR is enabled.
7.9.2 WAKE-UP FROM SLEEP
The device can wake-up from SLEEP through one of
the following events:
1. An external reset input on RB3/MCLR/VPP pin,
when configured as MCLR.
2. A Watchdog Timer time-out reset (if WDT was
enabled).
3. A change on input pin RB0, RB1, RB3 or RB4
when wake-up on change is enabled.
These events cause a device reset. The TO, PD, and
RBWUF bits can be used to determine the cause of
device reset. The TO bit is cleared if a WDT time-out
occurred (and caused wake-up). The PD bit, which is
set on power-up, is cleared when SLEEP is invoked.
The RBWUF bit indicates a change in state while in
SLEEP at pins RB0, RB1, RB3 or RB4 (since the last
file or bit operation on RB port).
The WDT is cleared when the device wakes from
sleep, regardless of the wake-up source.
Caution: Right before entering SLEEP, read the
input pins. When in SLEEP, wake up
occurs when the values at the pins change
from the state they were in at the last
reading. If a wake-up on change occurs
and the pins are not read before reentering
SLEEP, a wake-up will occur immediately
even if no pins change while in SLEEP
mode.
7.10 Program Verification/Code Protection
If the code protection bit has not been programmed,
the on-chip program memory can be read out for
verification purposes.
The first 64 locations and the last location (OSCCAL)
can be read, regardless of the code protection bit
setting.
7.11 ID Locations
Four memory locations are designated as ID locations
where the user can store checksum or other code-
identification numbers. These locations are not
accessible during normal execution, but are readable
and writable during program/verify.
Use only the lower 4 bits of the ID locations and
always program the upper 8 bits as '0's.
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 38  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
7.12 In-Circuit Serial Programming
The PIC16C505 microcontrollers can be serially
programmed while in the end application circuit. This is
simply done with two lines for clock and data, and three
other lines for power, ground, and the programming
voltage. This allows customers to manufacture boards
with unprogrammed devices, and then program the
microcontroller just before shipping the product. This
also allows the most recent firmware or a custom
firmware to be programmed.
The device is placed into a program/verify mode by
holding the RB1 and RB0 pins low while raising the
MCLR (VPP) pin from VIL to VIHH (see programming
specification). RB1 becomes the programming clock
and RB0 becomes the programming data. Both RB1
and RB0 are Schmitt Trigger inputs in this mode.
After reset, a 6-bit command is then supplied to the
device. Depending on the command, 14 bits of program
data are then supplied to or from the device, depending
if the command was a load or a read. For complete
details of serial programming, please refer to the
PIC16C505 Programming Specifications.
A typical in-circuit serial programming connection is
shown in Figure 7-15.
FIGURE 7-15: TYPICAL IN-CIRCUIT SERIAL
PROGRAMMING
CONNECTION
External
Connector
Signals
To Normal
Connections
To Normal
Connections
PIC16C505
VDD
VSS
MCLR/VPP
RB1
RB0
+5V
0V
VPP
CLK
Data I/O
VDD
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 39
PIC16C505
8.0 INSTRUCTION SET SUMMARY
Each PIC16C505 instruction is a 12-bit word divided
into an OPCODE, which specifies the instruction type,
and one or more operands which further specify the
operation of the instruction. The PIC16C505
instruction set summary in Table 8-2 groups the
instructions into byte-oriented, bit-oriented, and literal
and control operations. Table 8-1 shows the opcode
field descriptions.
For byte-oriented instructions, 'f' represents a file
register designator and 'd' represents a destination
designator. The file register designator is used to
specify which one of the 32 file registers is to be used
by the instruction.
The destination designator specifies where the result
of the operation is to be placed. If 'd' is '0', the result is
placed in the W register. If 'd' is '1', the result is placed
in the file register specified in the instruction.
For bit-oriented instructions, 'b' represents a bit field
designator which selects the number of the bit affected
by the operation, while 'f' represents the number of the
file in which the bit is located.
For literal and control operations, 'k' represents an
8 or 9-bit constant or literal value.
TABLE 8-1: OPCODE FIELD
DESCRIPTIONS
Field Description
f Register file address (0x00 to 0x7F)
W Working register (accumulator)
b Bit address within an 8-bit file register
k Literal field, constant data or label
x
Don't care location (= 0 or 1)
The assembler will generate code with x = 0. It is
the recommended form of use for compatibility
with all Microchip software tools.
d
Destination select;
d = 0 (store result in W)
d = 1 (store result in file register 'f')
Default is d = 1
label Label name
TOS Top of Stack
PC Program Counter
WDT Watchdog Timer Counter
TO Time-Out bit
PD Power-Down bit
dest
Destination, either the W register or the specified
register file location
[ ] Options
( ) Contents
 Assigned to
< > Register bit field
 In the set of
italics User defined term (font is courier)
All instructions are executed within a single instruction
cycle, unless a conditional test is true or the program
counter is changed as a result of an instruction. In this
case, the execution takes two instruction cycles. One
instruction cycle consists of four oscillator periods.
Thus, for an oscillator frequency of 4 MHz, the normal
instruction execution time is 1 s. If a conditional test is
true or the program counter is changed as a result of
an instruction, the instruction execution time is 2 s.
Figure 8-1 shows the three general formats that the
instructions can have. All examples in the figure use the
following format to represent a hexadecimal number:
0xhhh
where 'h' signifies a hexadecimal digit.
FIGURE 8-1: GENERAL FORMAT FOR
INSTRUCTIONS
Byte-oriented file register operations
11 6 5 4 0
d = 0 for destination W
OPCODE d f (FILE #)
d = 1 for destination f
f = 5-bit file register address
Bit-oriented file register operations
11 8 7 5 4 0
OPCODE b (BIT #) f (FILE #)
b = 3-bit bit address
f = 5-bit file register address
Literal and control operations (except GOTO)
11 8 7 0
OPCODE k (literal)
k = 8-bit immediate value
Literal and control operations - GOTO instruction
11 9 8 0
OPCODE k (literal)
k = 9-bit immediate value
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 40  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 8-2: INSTRUCTION SET SUMMARY
Mnemonic,
Operands Description Cycles
12-Bit Opcode
Status
Affected NotesMSb LSb
ADDWF
ANDWF
CLRF
CLRW
COMF
DECF
DECFSZ
INCF
INCFSZ
IORWF
MOVF
MOVWF
NOP
RLF
RRF
SUBWF
SWAPF
XORWF
f,d
f,d
f
–
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
f
–
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
Add W and f
AND W with f
Clear f
Clear W
Complement f
Decrement f
Decrement f, Skip if 0
Increment f
Increment f, Skip if 0
Inclusive OR W with f
Move f
Move W to f
No Operation
Rotate left f through Carry
Rotate right f through Carry
Subtract W from f
Swap f
Exclusive OR W with f
1
1
1
1
1
1
1(2)
1
1(2)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0001
0001
0000
0000
0010
0000
0010
0010
0011
0001
0010
0000
0000
0011
0011
0000
0011
0001
11df
01df
011f
0100
01df
11df
11df
10df
11df
00df
00df
001f
0000
01df
00df
10df
10df
10df
ffff
ffff
ffff
0000
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
0000
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
C,DC,Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
None
Z
None
Z
Z
None
None
C
C
C,DC,Z
None
Z
1,2,4
2,4
4
2,4
2,4
2,4
2,4
2,4
2,4
1,4
2,4
2,4
1,2,4
2,4
2,4
BIT-ORIENTED FILE REGISTER OPERATIONS
BCF
BSF
BTFSC
BTFSS
f, b
f, b
f, b
f, b
Bit Clear f
Bit Set f
Bit Test f, Skip if Clear
Bit Test f, Skip if Set
1
1
1 (2)
1 (2)
0100
0101
0110
0111
bbbf
bbbf
bbbf
bbbf
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
None
None
None
None
2,4
2,4
LITERAL AND CONTROL OPERATIONS
ANDLW
CALL
CLRWDT
GOTO
IORLW
MOVLW
OPTION
RETLW
SLEEP
TRIS
XORLW
k
k
k
k
k
k
–
k
–
f
k
AND literal with W
Call subroutine
Clear Watchdog Timer
Unconditional branch
Inclusive OR Literal with W
Move Literal to W
Load OPTION register
Return, place Literal in W
Go into standby mode
Load TRIS register
Exclusive OR Literal to W
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1110
1001
0000
101k
1101
1100
0000
1000
0000
0000
1111
kkkk
kkkk
0000
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
0000
kkkk
0000
0000
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
0100
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
0010
kkkk
0011
0fff
kkkk
Z
None
TO, PD
None
Z
None
None
None
TO, PD
None
Z
1
3
Note 1: The 9th bit of the program counter will be forced to a '0' by any instruction that writes to the PC except for GOTO.
(Section 4.6)
2: When an I/O register is modified as a function of itself (e.g. MOVF PORTB, 1), the value used will be that value
present on the pins themselves. For example, if the data latch is '1' for a pin configured as input and is driven
low by an external device, the data will be written back with a '0'.
3: The instruction TRIS f, where f = 6 causes the contents of the W register to be written to the tristate latches of
PORTB. A '1' forces the pin to a hi-impedance state and disables the output buffers.
4: If this instruction is executed on the TMR0 register (and, where applicable, d = 1), the prescaler will be cleared
(if assigned to TMR0).
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 41
PIC16C505
ADDWF Add W and f
Syntax: [ label ] ADDWF f,d
Operands: 0  f  31
d 
Operation: (W) + (f)  (dest)
Status Affected: C, DC, Z
Encoding: 0001 11df ffff
Description: Add the contents of the W register
and register 'f'. If 'd' is 0, the result
is stored in the W register. If 'd' is
'1', the result is stored back in reg-
ister 'f'.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: ADDWF FSR, 0
Before Instruction
W = 0x17
FSR = 0xC2
After Instruction
W = 0xD9
FSR = 0xC2
ANDLW And literal with W
Syntax: [ label ] ANDLW k
Operands: 0  k  255
Operation: (W).AND. (k)  (W)
Status Affected: Z
Encoding: 1110 kkkk kkkk
Description: The contents of the W register are
AND’ed with the eight-bit literal 'k'.
The result is placed in the W regis-
ter.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: ANDLW 0x5F
Before Instruction
W = 0xA3
After Instruction
W = 0x03
ANDWF AND W with f
Syntax: [ label ] ANDWF f,d
Operands: 0  f  31
d 
Operation: (W) .AND. (f)  (dest)
Status Affected: Z
Encoding: 0001 01df ffff
Description: The contents of the W register are
AND’ed with register 'f'. If 'd' is 0, the
result is stored in the W register. If
'd' is '1', the result is stored back in
register 'f'.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: ANDWF FSR, 1
Before Instruction
W = 0x17
FSR = 0xC2
After Instruction
W = 0x17
FSR = 0x02
BCF Bit Clear f
Syntax: [ label ] BCF f,b
Operands: 0  f  31
0  b  7
Operation: 0  (f<b>)
Status Affected: None
Encoding: 0100 bbbf ffff
Description: Bit 'b' in register 'f' is cleared.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: BCF FLAG_REG, 7
Before Instruction
FLAG_REG = 0xC7
After Instruction
FLAG_REG = 0x47
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 42  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
BSF Bit Set f
Syntax: [ label ] BSF f,b
Operands: 0  f  31
0  b  7
Operation: 1  (f<b>)
Status Affected: None
Encoding: 0101 bbbf ffff
Description: Bit 'b' in register 'f' is set.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: BSF FLAG_REG, 7
Before Instruction
FLAG_REG = 0x0A
After Instruction
FLAG_REG = 0x8A
BTFSC Bit Test f, Skip if Clear
Syntax: [ label ] BTFSC f,b
Operands: 0  f  31
0  b  7
Operation: skip if (f<b>) = 0
Status Affected: None
Encoding: 0110 bbbf ffff
Description: If bit 'b' in register 'f' is 0, then the
next instruction is skipped.
If bit 'b' is 0, then the next instruc-
tion fetched during the current
instruction execution is discarded,
and a NOP is executed instead,
making this a 2 cycle instruction.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1(2)
Example: HERE
FALSE
TRUE
BTFSC
GOTO



FLAG,1
PROCESS_CODE
Before Instruction
PC = address (HERE)
After Instruction
if FLAG<1> = 0,
PC = address (TRUE);
if FLAG<1> = 1,
PC = address(FALSE)
BTFSS Bit Test f, Skip if Set
Syntax: [ label ] BTFSS f,b
Operands: 0  f  31
0  b < 7
Operation: skip if (f<b>) = 1
Status Affected: None
Encoding: 0111 bbbf ffff
Description: If bit 'b' in register 'f' is '1', then the
next instruction is skipped.
If bit 'b' is '1', then the next instruc-
tion fetched during the current
instruction execution, is discarded
and a NOP is executed instead,
making this a 2 cycle instruction.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1(2)
Example: HERE BTFSS FLAG,1
FALSE GOTO PROCESS_CODE
TRUE 


Before Instruction
PC = address (HERE)
After Instruction
If FLAG<1> = 0,
PC = address (FALSE);
if FLAG<1> = 1,
PC = address (TRUE)
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 43
PIC16C505
CALL Subroutine Call
Syntax: [ label ] CALL k
Operands: 0  k  255
Operation: (PC) + 1 Top of Stack;
k  PC<7:0>;
(STATUS<6:5>)  PC<10:9>;
0  PC<8>
Status Affected: None
Encoding: 1001 kkkk kkkk
Description: Subroutine call. First, return
address (PC+1) is pushed onto the
stack. The eight bit immediate
address is loaded into PC bits
<7:0>. The upper bits PC<10:9>
are loaded from STATUS<6:5>,
PC<8> is cleared. CALL is a two
cycle instruction.
Words: 1
Cycles: 2
Example: HERE CALL THERE
Before Instruction
PC = address (HERE)
After Instruction
PC = address (THERE)
TOS = address (HERE + 1)
CLRF Clear f
Syntax: [ label ] CLRF f
Operands: 0  f  31
Operation: 00h  (f);
1  Z
Status Affected: Z
Encoding: 0000 011f ffff
Description: The contents of register 'f' are
cleared and the Z bit is set.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: CLRF FLAG_REG
Before Instruction
FLAG_REG = 0x5A
After Instruction
FLAG_REG = 0x00
Z = 1
CLRW Clear W
Syntax: [ label ] CLRW
Operands: None
Operation: 00h  (W);
1  Z
Status Affected: Z
Encoding: 0000 0100 0000
Description: The W register is cleared. Zero bit
(Z) is set.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: CLRW
Before Instruction
W = 0x5A
After Instruction
W = 0x00
Z = 1
CLRWDT Clear Watchdog Timer
Syntax: [ label ] CLRWDT
Operands: None
Operation: 00h  WDT;
0  WDT prescaler (if assigned);
1  TO;
1  PD
Status Affected: TO, PD
Encoding: 0000 0000 0100
Description: The CLRWDT instruction resets the
WDT. It also resets the prescaler, if
the prescaler is assigned to the
WDT and not Timer0. Status bits
TO and PD are set.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: CLRWDT
Before Instruction
WDT counter = ?
After Instruction
WDT counter = 0x00
WDT prescale = 0
TO = 1
PD = 1
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 44  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
COMF Complement f
Syntax: [ label ] COMF f,d
Operands: 0  f  31
d  [0,1]
Operation: (f)  (dest)
Status Affected: Z
Encoding: 0010 01df ffff
Description: The contents of register 'f' are
complemented. If 'd' is 0, the result
is stored in the W register. If 'd' is
1, the result is stored back in regis-
ter 'f'.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: COMF REG1,0
Before Instruction
REG1 = 0x13
After Instruction
REG1 = 0x13
W = 0xEC
DECF Decrement f
Syntax: [ label ] DECF f,d
Operands: 0  f  31
d  [0,1]
Operation: (f) – 1  (dest)
Status Affected: Z
Encoding: 0000 11df ffff
Description: Decrement register 'f'. If 'd' is 0, the
result is stored in the W register. If
'd' is 1, the result is stored back in
register 'f'.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: DECF CNT, 1
Before Instruction
CNT = 0x01
Z = 0
After Instruction
CNT = 0x00
Z = 1
DECFSZ Decrement f, Skip if 0
Syntax: [ label ] DECFSZ f,d
Operands: 0  f  31
d  [0,1]
Operation: (f) – 1  d; skip if result = 0
Status Affected: None
Encoding: 0010 11df ffff
Description: The contents of register 'f' are dec-
remented. If 'd' is 0, the result is
placed in the W register. If 'd' is 1,
the result is placed back in register
'f'.
If the result is 0, the next instruc-
tion, which is already fetched, is
discarded and a NOP is executed
instead making it a two cycle
instruction.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1(2)
Example: HERE DECFSZ CNT, 1
GOTO LOOP
CONTINUE 


Before Instruction
PC = address (HERE)
After Instruction
CNT = CNT - 1;
if CNT = 0,
PC = address (CONTINUE);
if CNT  0,
PC = address (HERE+1)
GOTO Unconditional Branch
Syntax: [ label ] GOTO k
Operands: 0  k  511
Operation: k  PC<8:0>;
STATUS<6:5>  PC<10:9>
Status Affected: None
Encoding: 101k kkkk kkkk
Description: GOTO is an unconditional branch.
The 9-bit immediate value is
loaded into PC bits <8:0>. The
upper bits of PC are loaded from
STATUS<6:5>. GOTO is a two cycle
instruction.
Words: 1
Cycles: 2
Example: GOTO THERE
After Instruction
PC = address (THERE)
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 45
PIC16C505
INCF Increment f
Syntax: [ label ] INCF f,d
Operands: 0  f  31
d  [0,1]
Operation: (f) + 1  (dest)
Status Affected: Z
Encoding: 0010 10df ffff
Description: The contents of register 'f' are
incremented. If 'd' is 0, the result is
placed in the W register. If 'd' is 1,
the result is placed back in register
'f'.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: INCF CNT, 1
Before Instruction
CNT = 0xFF
Z = 0
After Instruction
CNT = 0x00
Z = 1
INCFSZ Increment f, Skip if 0
Syntax: [ label ] INCFSZ f,d
Operands: 0  f  31
d  [0,1]
Operation: (f) + 1  (dest), skip if result = 0
Status Affected: None
Encoding: 0011 11df ffff
Description: The contents of register 'f' are
incremented. If 'd' is 0, the result is
placed in the W register. If 'd' is 1,
the result is placed back in register
'f'.
If the result is 0, then the next
instruction, which is already
fetched, is discarded and a NOP is
executed instead making it a two
cycle instruction.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1(2)
Example: HERE INCFSZ CNT, 1
GOTO LOOP
CONTINUE 


Before Instruction
PC = address (HERE)
After Instruction
CNT = CNT + 1;
if CNT = 0,
PC = address (CONTINUE);
if CNT  0,
PC = address (HERE +1)
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 46  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
IORLW Inclusive OR literal with W
Syntax: [ label ] IORLW k
Operands: 0  k  255
Operation: (W) .OR. (k)  (W)
Status Affected: Z
Encoding: 1101 kkkk kkkk
Description: The contents of the W register are
OR’ed with the eight bit literal 'k'.
The result is placed in the W regis-
ter.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: IORLW 0x35
Before Instruction
W = 0x9A
After Instruction
W = 0xBF
Z = 0
IORWF Inclusive OR W with f
Syntax: [ label ] IORWF f,d
Operands: 0  f  31
d  [0,1]
Operation: (W).OR. (f)  (dest)
Status Affected: Z
Encoding: 0001 00df ffff
Description: Inclusive OR the W register with
register 'f'. If 'd' is 0, the result is
placed in the W register. If 'd' is 1,
the result is placed back in register
'f'.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: IORWF RESULT, 0
Before Instruction
RESULT = 0x13
W = 0x91
After Instruction
RESULT = 0x13
W = 0x93
Z = 0
MOVF Move f
Syntax: [ label ] MOVF f,d
Operands: 0  f  31
d  [0,1]
Operation: (f)  (dest)
Status Affected: Z
Encoding: 0010 00df ffff
Description: The contents of register 'f' are
moved to destination 'd'. If 'd' is 0,
destination is the W register. If 'd'
is 1, the destination is file register
'f'. 'd' = 1 is useful as a test of a file
register since status flag Z is
affected.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: MOVF FSR, 0
After Instruction
W = value in FSR register
MOVLW Move Literal to W
Syntax: [ label ] MOVLW k
Operands: 0  k  255
Operation: k  (W)
Status Affected: None
Encoding: 1100 kkkk kkkk
Description: The eight bit literal 'k' is loaded into
the W register. The don’t cares
will assembled as 0s.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: MOVLW 0x5A
After Instruction
W = 0x5A
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 47
PIC16C505
MOVWF Move W to f
Syntax: [ label ] MOVWF f
Operands: 0  f  31
Operation: (W)  (f)
Status Affected: None
Encoding: 0000 001f ffff
Description: Move data from the W register to
register 'f'.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: MOVWF TEMP_REG
Before Instruction
TEMP_REG = 0xFF
W = 0x4F
After Instruction
TEMP_REG = 0x4F
W = 0x4F
NOP No Operation
Syntax: [ label ] NOP
Operands: None
Operation: No operation
Status Affected: None
Encoding: 0000 0000 0000
Description: No operation.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: NOP
OPTION Load OPTION Register
Syntax: [ label ] OPTION
Operands: None
Operation: (W)  OPTION
Status Affected: None
Encoding: 0000 0000 0010
Description: The content of the W register is
loaded into the OPTION register.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example OPTION
Before Instruction
W = 0x07
After Instruction
OPTION = 0x07
RETLW Return with Literal in W
Syntax: [ label ] RETLW k
Operands: 0  k  255
Operation: k  (W);
TOS  PC
Status Affected: None
Encoding: 1000 kkkk kkkk
Description: The W register is loaded with the
eight bit literal 'k'. The program
counter is loaded from the top of
the stack (the return address).
This is a two cycle instruction.
Words: 1
Cycles: 2
Example:
TABLE
CALL TABLE ;W contains
;table offset
;value.
 ;W now has table
 ;value.

ADDWF PC ;W = offset
RETLW k1 ;Begin table
RETLW k2 ;



RETLW kn ; End of table
Before Instruction
W = 0x07
After Instruction
W = value of k8
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 48  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
RLF Rotate Left f through Carry
Syntax: [ label ] RLF f,d
Operands: 0  f  31
d  [0,1]
Operation: See description below
Status Affected: C
Encoding: 0011 01df ffff
Description: The contents of register 'f' are
rotated one bit to the left through
the Carry Flag. If 'd' is 0, the result
is placed in the W register. If 'd' is
1, the result is stored back in regis-
ter 'f'.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: RLF REG1,0
Before Instruction
REG1 = 1110 0110
C = 0
After Instruction
REG1 = 1110 0110
W = 1100 1100
C = 1
C register 'f'
RRF Rotate Right f through Carry
Syntax: [ label ] RRF f,d
Operands: 0  f  31
d  [0,1]
Operation: See description below
Status Affected: C
Encoding: 0011 00df ffff
Description: The contents of register 'f' are
rotated one bit to the right through
the Carry Flag. If 'd' is 0, the result
is placed in the W register. If 'd' is
1, the result is placed back in reg-
ister 'f'.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: RRF REG1,0
Before Instruction
REG1 = 1110 0110
C = 0
After Instruction
REG1 = 1110 0110
W = 0111 0011
C = 0
C register 'f'
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 49
PIC16C505
SLEEP Enter SLEEP Mode
Syntax: [label] SLEEP
Operands: None
Operation: 00h  WDT;
0  WDT prescaler;
1  TO;
0  PD
Status Affected: TO, PD, RBWUF
Encoding: 0000 0000 0011
Description: Time-out status bit (TO) is set. The
power down status bit (PD) is
cleared.
RBWUF is unaffected.
The WDT and its prescaler are
cleared.
The processor is put into SLEEP
mode with the oscillator stopped.
See section on SLEEP for more
details.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: SLEEP
SUBWF Subtract W from f
Syntax: [label] SUBWF f,d
Operands: 0 f 31
d  [0,1]
Operation: (f) – (W) dest)
Status Affected: C, DC, Z
Encoding: 0000 10df ffff
Description: Subtract (2’s complement method)
the W register from register 'f'. If 'd'
is 0, the result is stored in the W
register. If 'd' is 1, the result is
stored back in register 'f'.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example 1: SUBWF REG1, 1
Before Instruction
REG1 = 3
W = 2
C = ?
After Instruction
REG1 = 1
W = 2
C = 1 ; result is positive
Example 2:
Before Instruction
REG1 = 2
W = 2
C = ?
After Instruction
REG1 = 0
W = 2
C = 1 ; result is zero
Example 3:
Before Instruction
REG1 = 1
W = 2
C = ?
After Instruction
REG1 = FF
W = 2
C = 0 ; result is negative
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 50  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
SWAPF Swap Nibbles in f
Syntax: [ label ] SWAPF f,d
Operands: 0  f  31
d  [0,1]
Operation: (f<3:0>)  (dest<7:4>);
(f<7:4>)  (dest<3:0>)
Status Affected: None
Encoding: 0011 10df ffff
Description: The upper and lower nibbles of
register 'f' are exchanged. If 'd' is
0, the result is placed in W regis-
ter. If 'd' is 1, the result is placed in
register 'f'.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example SWAPF REG1, 0
Before Instruction
REG1 = 0xA5
After Instruction
REG1 = 0xA5
W = 0X5A
TRIS Load TRIS Register
Syntax: [ label ] TRIS f
Operands: f = 6
Operation: (W)  TRIS register f
Status Affected: None
Encoding: 0000 0000 0fff
Description: TRIS register 'f' (f = 6 or 7) is
loaded with the contents of the W
register
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example TRIS PORTB
Before Instruction
W = 0XA5
After Instruction
TRIS = 0XA5
XORLW Exclusive OR literal with W
Syntax: [label] XORLW k
Operands: 0 k 255
Operation: (W) .XOR. k W)
Status Affected: Z
Encoding: 1111 kkkk kkkk
Description: The contents of the W register are
XOR’ed with the eight bit literal 'k'.
The result is placed in the W regis-
ter.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: XORLW 0xAF
Before Instruction
W = 0xB5
After Instruction
W = 0x1A
XORWF Exclusive OR W with f
Syntax: [ label ] XORWF f,d
Operands: 0  f  31
d  [0,1]
Operation: (W) .XOR. (f) dest)
Status Affected: Z
Encoding: 0001 10df ffff
Description: Exclusive OR the contents of the
W register with register 'f'. If 'd' is 0,
the result is stored in the W regis-
ter. If 'd' is 1, the result is stored
back in register 'f'.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example XORWF REG,1
Before Instruction
REG = 0xAF
W = 0xB5
After Instruction
REG = 0x1A
W = 0xB5
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 51
PIC16C505
9.0 DEVELOPMENT SUPPORT
The PIC®
microcontrollers and dsPIC®
digital signal
controllers are supported with a full range of software
and hardware development tools:
• Integrated Development Environment
- MPLAB® IDE Software
• Compilers/Assemblers/Linkers
- MPLAB C Compiler for Various Device
Families
- HI-TECH C®
for Various Device Families
- MPASMTM Assembler
- MPLINKTM
Object Linker/
MPLIBTM Object Librarian
- MPLAB Assembler/Linker/Librarian for
Various Device Families
• Simulators
- MPLAB SIM Software Simulator
• Emulators
- MPLAB REAL ICE™ In-Circuit Emulator
• In-Circuit Debuggers
- MPLAB ICD 3
- PICkit™ 3 Debug Express
• Device Programmers
- PICkit™ 2 Programmer
- MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer
• Low-Cost Demonstration/Development Boards,
Evaluation Kits, and Starter Kits
9.1 MPLAB Integrated Development
Environment Software
The MPLAB IDE software brings an ease of software
development previously unseen in the 8/16/32-bit
microcontroller market. The MPLAB IDE is a Windows®
operating system-based application that contains:
• A single graphical interface to all debugging tools
- Simulator
- Programmer (sold separately)
- In-Circuit Emulator (sold separately)
- In-Circuit Debugger (sold separately)
• A full-featured editor with color-coded context
• A multiple project manager
• Customizable data windows with direct edit of
contents
• High-level source code debugging
• Mouse over variable inspection
• Drag and drop variables from source to watch
windows
• Extensive on-line help
• Integration of select third party tools, such as
IAR C Compilers
The MPLAB IDE allows you to:
• Edit your source files (either C or assembly)
• One-touch compile or assemble, and download to
emulator and simulator tools (automatically
updates all project information)
• Debug using:
- Source files (C or assembly)
- Mixed C and assembly
- Machine code
MPLAB IDE supports multiple debugging tools in a
single development paradigm, from the cost-effective
simulators, through low-cost in-circuit debuggers, to
full-featured emulators. This eliminates the learning
curve when upgrading to tools with increased flexibility
and power.
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 52  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
9.2 MPLAB C Compilers for Various
Device Families
The MPLAB C Compiler code development systems
are complete ANSI C compilers for Microchip’s PIC18,
PIC24 and PIC32 families of microcontrollers and the
dsPIC30 and dsPIC33 families of digital signal control-
lers. These compilers provide powerful integration
capabilities, superior code optimization and ease of
use.
For easy source level debugging, the compilers provide
symbol information that is optimized to the MPLAB IDE
debugger.
9.3 HI-TECH C for Various Device
Families
The HI-TECH C Compiler code development systems
are complete ANSI C compilers for Microchip’s PIC
family of microcontrollers and the dsPIC family of digital
signal controllers. These compilers provide powerful
integration capabilities, omniscient code generation
and ease of use.
For easy source level debugging, the compilers provide
symbol information that is optimized to the MPLAB IDE
debugger.
The compilers include a macro assembler, linker, pre-
processor, and one-step driver, and can run on multiple
platforms.
9.4 MPASM Assembler
The MPASM Assembler is a full-featured, universal
macro assembler for PIC10/12/16/18 MCUs.
The MPASM Assembler generates relocatable object
files for the MPLINK Object Linker, Intel®
standard HEX
files, MAP files to detail memory usage and symbol
reference, absolute LST files that contain source lines
and generated machine code and COFF files for
debugging.
The MPASM Assembler features include:
• Integration into MPLAB IDE projects
• User-defined macros to streamline
assembly code
• Conditional assembly for multi-purpose
source files
• Directives that allow complete control over the
assembly process
9.5 MPLINK Object Linker/
MPLIB Object Librarian
The MPLINK Object Linker combines relocatable
objects created by the MPASM Assembler and the
MPLAB C18 C Compiler. It can link relocatable objects
from precompiled libraries, using directives from a
linker script.
The MPLIB Object Librarian manages the creation and
modification of library files of precompiled code. When
a routine from a library is called from a source file, only
the modules that contain that routine will be linked in
with the application. This allows large libraries to be
used efficiently in many different applications.
The object linker/library features include:
• Efficient linking of single libraries instead of many
smaller files
• Enhanced code maintainability by grouping
related modules together
• Flexible creation of libraries with easy module
listing, replacement, deletion and extraction
9.6 MPLAB Assembler, Linker and
Librarian for Various Device
Families
MPLAB Assembler produces relocatable machine
code from symbolic assembly language for PIC24,
PIC32 and dsPIC devices. MPLAB C Compiler uses
the assembler to produce its object file. The assembler
generates relocatable object files that can then be
archived or linked with other relocatable object files and
archives to create an executable file. Notable features
of the assembler include:
• Support for the entire device instruction set
• Support for fixed-point and floating-point data
• Command line interface
• Rich directive set
• Flexible macro language
• MPLAB IDE compatibility
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 53
PIC16C505
9.7 MPLAB SIM Software Simulator
The MPLAB SIM Software Simulator allows code
development in a PC-hosted environment by simulat-
ing the PIC MCUs and dsPIC®
DSCs on an instruction
level. On any given instruction, the data areas can be
examined or modified and stimuli can be applied from
a comprehensive stimulus controller. Registers can be
logged to files for further run-time analysis. The trace
buffer and logic analyzer display extend the power of
the simulator to record and track program execution,
actions on I/O, most peripherals and internal registers.
The MPLAB SIM Software Simulator fully supports
symbolic debugging using the MPLAB C Compilers,
and the MPASM and MPLAB Assemblers. The soft-
ware simulator offers the flexibility to develop and
debug code outside of the hardware laboratory envi-
ronment, making it an excellent, economical software
development tool.
9.8 MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit
Emulator System
MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit Emulator System is
Microchip’s next generation high-speed emulator for
Microchip Flash DSC and MCU devices. It debugs and
programs PIC®
Flash MCUs and dsPIC®
Flash DSCs
with the easy-to-use, powerful graphical user interface of
the MPLAB Integrated Development Environment (IDE),
included with each kit.
The emulator is connected to the design engineer’s PC
using a high-speed USB 2.0 interface and is connected
to the target with either a connector compatible with in-
circuit debugger systems (RJ11) or with the new high-
speed, noise tolerant, Low-Voltage Differential Signal
(LVDS) interconnection (CAT5).
The emulator is field upgradable through future firmware
downloads in MPLAB IDE. In upcoming releases of
MPLAB IDE, new devices will be supported, and new
features will be added. MPLAB REAL ICE offers
significant advantages over competitive emulators
including low-cost, full-speed emulation, run-time
variable watches, trace analysis, complex breakpoints, a
ruggedized probe interface and long (up to three meters)
interconnection cables.
9.9 MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger
System
MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger System is Micro-
chip's most cost effective high-speed hardware
debugger/programmer for Microchip Flash Digital Sig-
nal Controller (DSC) and microcontroller (MCU)
devices. It debugs and programs PIC®
Flash microcon-
trollers and dsPIC®
DSCs with the powerful, yet easy-
to-use graphical user interface of MPLAB Integrated
Development Environment (IDE).
The MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger probe is con-
nected to the design engineer's PC using a high-speed
USB 2.0 interface and is connected to the target with a
connector compatible with the MPLAB ICD 2 or MPLAB
REAL ICE systems (RJ-11). MPLAB ICD 3 supports all
MPLAB ICD 2 headers.
9.10 PICkit 3 In-Circuit Debugger/
Programmer and
PICkit 3 Debug Express
The MPLAB PICkit 3 allows debugging and program-
ming of PIC®
and dsPIC®
Flash microcontrollers at a
most affordable price point using the powerful graphical
user interface of the MPLAB Integrated Development
Environment (IDE). The MPLAB PICkit 3 is connected
to the design engineer's PC using a full speed USB
interface and can be connected to the target via an
Microchip debug (RJ-11) connector (compatible with
MPLAB ICD 3 and MPLAB REAL ICE). The connector
uses two device I/O pins and the reset line to imple-
ment in-circuit debugging and In-Circuit Serial Pro-
gramming™.
The PICkit 3 Debug Express include the PICkit 3, demo
board and microcontroller, hookup cables and CDROM
with user’s guide, lessons, tutorial, compiler and
MPLAB IDE software.
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 54  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
9.11 PICkit 2 Development
Programmer/Debugger and
PICkit 2 Debug Express
The PICkit™ 2 Development Programmer/Debugger is
a low-cost development tool with an easy to use inter-
face for programming and debugging Microchip’s Flash
families of microcontrollers. The full featured
Windows®
programming interface supports baseline
(PIC10F, PIC12F5xx, PIC16F5xx), midrange
(PIC12F6xx, PIC16F), PIC18F, PIC24, dsPIC30,
dsPIC33, and PIC32 families of 8-bit, 16-bit, and 32-bit
microcontrollers, and many Microchip Serial EEPROM
products. With Microchip’s powerful MPLAB Integrated
Development Environment (IDE) the PICkit™ 2
enables in-circuit debugging on most PIC®
microcon-
trollers. In-Circuit-Debugging runs, halts and single
steps the program while the PIC microcontroller is
embedded in the application. When halted at a break-
point, the file registers can be examined and modified.
The PICkit 2 Debug Express include the PICkit 2, demo
board and microcontroller, hookup cables and CDROM
with user’s guide, lessons, tutorial, compiler and
MPLAB IDE software.
9.12 MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer
The MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer is a universal,
CE compliant device programmer with programmable
voltage verification at VDDMIN and VDDMAX for
maximum reliability. It features a large LCD display
(128 x 64) for menus and error messages and a modu-
lar, detachable socket assembly to support various
package types. The ICSP™ cable assembly is included
as a standard item. In Stand-Alone mode, the MPLAB
PM3 Device Programmer can read, verify and program
PIC devices without a PC connection. It can also set
code protection in this mode. The MPLAB PM3
connects to the host PC via an RS-232 or USB cable.
The MPLAB PM3 has high-speed communications and
optimized algorithms for quick programming of large
memory devices and incorporates an MMC card for file
storage and data applications.
9.13 Demonstration/Development
Boards, Evaluation Kits, and
Starter Kits
A wide variety of demonstration, development and
evaluation boards for various PIC MCUs and dsPIC
DSCs allows quick application development on fully func-
tional systems. Most boards include prototyping areas for
adding custom circuitry and provide application firmware
and source code for examination and modification.
The boards support a variety of features, including LEDs,
temperature sensors, switches, speakers, RS-232
interfaces, LCD displays, potentiometers and additional
EEPROM memory.
The demonstration and development boards can be
used in teaching environments, for prototyping custom
circuits and for learning about various microcontroller
applications.
In addition to the PICDEM™ and dsPICDEM™ demon-
stration/development board series of circuits, Microchip
has a line of evaluation kits and demonstration software
for analog filter design, KEELOQ® security ICs, CAN,
IrDA®
, PowerSmart battery management, SEEVAL®
evaluation system, Sigma-Delta ADC, flow rate
sensing, plus many more.
Also available are starter kits that contain everything
needed to experience the specified device. This usually
includes a single application and debug capability, all
on one board.
Check the Microchip web page (www.microchip.com)
for the complete list of demonstration, development
and evaluation kits.
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 55
PIC16C505
10.0 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS - PIC16C505
Absolute Maximum Ratings†
Ambient Temperature under bias...........................................................................................................–40°C to +125°C
Storage Temperature .............................................................................................................................–65°C to +150°C
Voltage on VDD with respect to VSS ....................................................................................................................0 to +7 V
Voltage on MCLR with respect to VSS...............................................................................................................0 to +14 V
Voltage on all other pins with respect to VSS ............................................................................... –0.6 V to (VDD + 0.6 V)
Total Power Dissipation(1)
....................................................................................................................................700 mW
Max. Current out of VSS pin ..................................................................................................................................150 mA
Max. Current into VDD pin .....................................................................................................................................125 mA
Input Clamp Current, IIK (VI < 0 or VI > VDD)20 mA
Output Clamp Current, IOK (VO < 0 or VO > VDD)20 mA
Max. Output Current sunk by any I/O pin................................................................................................................25 mA
Max. Output Current sourced by any I/O pin...........................................................................................................25 mA
Max. Output Current sourced by I/O port .............................................................................................................100 mA
Max. Output Current sunk by I/O port ..................................................................................................................100 mA
Note 1: Power Dissipation is calculated as follows: PDIS = VDD x {IDD -  IOH} +  {(VDD-VOH) x IOH} + (VOL x IOL)
†
NOTICE: Stresses above those listed under "Maximum Ratings" may cause permanent damage to the device.
This is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device at those or any other conditions above those
indicated in the operation listings of this specification is not implied. Exposure to maximum rating conditions for
extended periods may affect device reliability.
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 56  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 10-1: PIC16C505 VOLTAGE-FREQUENCY GRAPH, 0C  TA  +70C
FIGURE 10-2: PIC16C505 VOLTAGE-FREQUENCY GRAPH, -40C  TA  0C, +70C  TA  +125C
6.0
2.5
4.0
3.0
0
3.5
4.5
5.0
5.5
4 10
Frequency (MHz)
VDD
20
(Volts)
25
2.0
6.0
2.5
4.0
3.0
0
3.5
4.5
5.0
5.5
4 10
Frequency (MHz)
VDD
20
(Volts)
25
2.0
Note 1: The shaded region indicates the permissible combinations of voltage and frequency.
2: The maximum rated speed of the part limits the permissible combinations of voltage and frequency.
Please reference the Product Identification System section for the maximum rated speed of the parts.
Note 1: The shaded region indicates the permissible combinations of voltage and frequency.
2: The maximum rated speed of the part limits the permissible combinations of voltage and frequency.
Please reference the Product Identification System section for the maximum rated speed of the parts.
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 57
PIC16C505
FIGURE 10-3: PIC16LC505 VOLTAGE-FREQUENCY GRAPH, -40C  TA  +85C
6.0
2.5
4.0
3.0
0
3.5
4.5
5.0
5.5
4 10
Frequency (MHz)
VDD
20
(Volts)
25
2.0
Note 1: The shaded region indicates the permissible combinations of voltage and frequency.
2: The maximum rated speed of the part limits the permissible combinations of voltage and frequency.
Please reference the Product Identification System section for the maximum rated speed of the parts.
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 58  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
10.1 DC CHARACTERISTICS: PIC16C505-04 (Commercial, Industrial, Extended)
PIC16C505-20(Commercial, Industrial, Extended)
DC Characteristics
Power Supply Pins
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise specified)
Operating Temperature 0C  TA  +70C (commercial)
–40C  TA  +85C (industrial)
–40C  TA  +125C (extended)
Parm.
No.
Characteristic Sym Min Typ(1)
Max Units Conditions
D001 Supply Voltage VDD 3.0 5.5 V See Figure 10-1 through Figure 10-3
D002 RAM Data Retention
Voltage(2)
VDR — 1.5* — V Device in SLEEP mode
D003 VDD Start Voltage to ensure
Power-on Reset
VPOR — VSS — V See section on Power-on Reset for details
D004 VDD Rise Rate to ensure
Power-on Reset
SVDD 0.05* — — V/ms See section on Power-on Reset for details
D010 Supply Current(3) IDD —
—
—
—
—
—
0.8
0.6
3
4
4.5
19
1.4
1.0
7
12
16
27
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
A
FOSC = 4MHz, VDD = 5.5V, WDT disabled (Note 4)*
FOSC = 4MHz, VDD = 3.0V, WDT disabled (Note 4)
FOSC = 10MHz, VDD = 3.0V, WDT disabled (Note 6)
FOSC = 20MHz, VDD = 4.5V, WDT disabled
FOSC = 20MHz, VDD = 5.5V, WDT disabled*
FOSC = 32kHz, VDD = 3.0V, WDT disabled (Note 6)
D020 Power-Down Current (5) IPD —
—
—
—
0.25
0.4
3
5
4
5.5
8
14
A
A
A
A
VDD = 3.0V (Note 6)
VDD = 4.5V* (Note 6)
VDD = 5.5V, Industrial
VDD = 5.5V, Extended Temp.
D022 WDT Current(5)
IWDT — 2.2 5 A VDD = 3.0V (Note 6)
1A LP Oscillator Operating
Frequency
RC Oscillator Operating
Frequency
XT Oscillator Operating
Frequency
HS Oscillator Operating
Frequency
Fosc
0
0
0
0
—
—
—
—
200
4
4
20
kHz
MHz
MHz
MHz
All temperatures
All temperatures
All temperatures
All temperatures
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Note 1: Data in the Typical (“Typ”) column is based on characterization results at 25C. This data is for design guidance only and is not tested.
2: This is the limit to which VDD can be lowered in SLEEP mode without losing RAM data.
3: The supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. Other factors such as bus loading, oscillator type, bus
rate, internal code execution pattern and temperature also have an impact on the current consumption.
a) The test conditions for all IDD measurements in active operation mode are:
OSC1 = external square wave, from rail-to-rail; all I/O pins tristated, pulled to VSS, T0CKI = VDD, MCLR = VDD;
WDT enabled/disabled as specified.
b) For standby current measurements, the conditions are the same, except that the device is in SLEEP mode.
4: Does not include current through Rext. The current through the resistor can be estimated by the formula:
IR = VDD/2Rext (mA) with Rext in kOhm.
5: The power down current in SLEEP mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power down current is measured with the part in
SLEEP mode, with all I/O pins in hi-impedance state and tied to VDD or VSS.
6: Commercial temperature range only.
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 59
PIC16C505
10.2 DC CHARACTERISTICS: PIC16LC505-04 (Commercial, Industrial)
DC Characteristics
Power Supply Pins
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise specified)
Operating Temperature 0C  TA  +70C (commercial)
–40C  TA  +85C (industrial)
Parm.
No.
Characteristic Sym Min Typ(1)
Max Units Conditions
D001 Supply Voltage VDD 2.5 — 5.5 V See Figure 10-1 through Figure 10-3
D002 RAM Data Retention
Voltage(2)
VDR — 1.5* — V Device in SLEEP mode
D003 VDD Start Voltage to ensure
Power-on Reset
VPOR — VSS — V See section on Power-on Reset for details
D004 VDD Rise Rate to ensure
Power-on Reset
SVDD 0.05* — — V/ms See section on Power-on Reset for details
D010 Supply Current(3)
IDD —
—
—
0.8
0.4
15
1.4
0.8
23
mA
mA
A
FOSC = 4MHz, VDD = 5.5V, WDT disabled
(Note 4)*
FOSC = 4MHz, VDD = 2.5V, WDT disabled
(Note 4)
FOSC = 32kHz, VDD = 2.5V, WDT disabled
(Note 6)
D020 Power-Down Current (5) IPD —
—
—
0.25
0.25
3
3
4
8
A
A
A
VDD = 2.5V (Note 6)
VDD = 3.0V * (Note 6)
VDD = 5.5V Industrial
D022 WDT Current(5)
IWDT — 2.0 4 A VDD = 2.5V (Note 6)
1A LP Oscillator Operating
Frequency
RC Oscillator Operating
Frequency
XT Oscillator Operating
Frequency
HS Oscillator Operating
Frequency
FOSC
0
0
0
0
—
—
—
—
200
4
4
4
kHz
MHz
MHz
MHz
All temperatures
All temperatures
All temperatures
All temperatures
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Note 1: Data in the Typical (“Typ”) column is based on characterization results at 25C. This data is for design
guidance only and is not tested.
2: This is the limit to which VDD can be lowered in SLEEP mode without losing RAM data.
3: The supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. Other factors such as bus loading, oscillator type,
bus rate, internal code execution pattern and temperature also have an impact on the current consumption.
a) The test conditions for all IDD measurements in active operation mode are:
OSC1 = external square wave, from rail-to-rail; all I/O pins tristated, pulled to VSS, T0CKI = VDD, MCLR = VDD;
WDT enabled/disabled as specified.
b) For standby current measurements, the conditions are the same, except that the device is in SLEEP mode.
4: Does not include current through Rext. The current through the resistor can be estimated by the formula:
IR = VDD/2Rext (mA) with Rext in kOhm.
5: The power down current in SLEEP mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power down current is
measured with the part in SLEEP mode, with all I/O pins in hi-impedance state and tied to VDD or VSS.
6: Commercial temperature range only.
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 60  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
10.3 DC CHARACTERISTICS: PIC16C505-04 (Commercial, Industrial, Extended)
PIC16C505-20(Commercial, Industrial, Extended)
PIC16LC505-04 (Commercial, Industrial)
DC CHARACTERISTICS
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise specified)
Operating temperature 0°C  TA  +70°C (commercial)
–40°C  TA  +85°C (industrial)
–40°C  TA  +125°C (extended)
Operating voltage VDD range as described in DC spec Section 10.1 and
Section 10.3.
Param
No.
Characteristic Sym Min Typ† Max Units Conditions
Input Low Voltage
I/O ports VIL
D030 with TTL buffer VSS — 0.8V V For all 4.5  VDD 5.5V
D030A VSS — 0.15VDD V otherwise
D031 with Schmitt Trigger buffer VSS — 0.2VDD V
D032 MCLR, RC5/T0CKI
(in EXTRC mode)
VSS — 0.2VDD V
D033 OSC1 (in XT, HS and LP) VSS — 0.3VDD V Note1
Input High Voltage
I/O ports VIH —
D040 with TTL buffer 2.0 — VDD V 4.5  VDD 5.5V
D040A 0.25VDD
+ 0.8VDD
— VDD V
otherwise
D041 with Schmitt Trigger buffer 0.8VDD — VDD V For entire VDD range
D042 MCLR, RC5/T0CKI 0.8VDD — VDD V
D042A OSC1 (XT, HS and LP) 0.7VDD — VDD V Note1
D043 OSC1 (in EXTRC mode) 0.9VDD — VDD V
D070 GPIO weak pull-up current (Note 4) IPUR 50 250 400 A VDD = 5V, VPIN = VSS
Input Leakage Current (Notes 2, 3)
D060 I/O ports IIL — — ±1 A Vss VPIN VDD, Pin at
hi-impedance
D061 GP3/MCLRI (Note 5) — — ±30 A Vss VPIN VDD
D061A GP3/MCLRI (Note 6) — — ±5 A Vss VPIN VDD
D063 OSC1 — — ±5 A Vss VPIN VDD, XT, HS and LP
osc configuration
Output Low Voltage
D080 I/O ports/CLKOUT VOL — — 0.6 V IOL = 8.5 mA, VDD = 4.5V,
–40C to +85C
D080A — — 0.6 V IOL = 7.0 mA, VDD = 4.5V,
–40C to +125C
D083 OSC2 — — 0.6 V IOL = 1.6 mA, VDD = 4.5V,
–40C to +85C
D083A — — 0.6 V IOL = 1.2 mA, VDD = 4.5V,
–40C to +125C
† Data in “Typ” column is at 5V, 25C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not
tested.
Note 1: In EXTRC oscillator configuration, the OSC1/CLKIN pin is a Schmitt Trigger input. It is not recommended that the PIC16C505
be driven with external clock in RC mode.
2: The leakage current on the MCLR pin is strongly dependent on the applied voltage level. The specified levels represent nor-
mal operating conditions. Higher leakage current may be measured at different input voltages.
3: Negative current is defined as coming out of the pin.
4: Does not include GP3. For GP3 see parameters D061 and D061A.
5: This spec. applies to GP3/MCLR configured as external MCLR and GP3/MCLR configured as input with internal pull-up
enabled.
6: This spec. applies when GP3/MCLR is configured as an input with pull-up disabled. The leakage current of the MCLR circuit
is higher than the standard I/O logic.
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 61
PIC16C505
Output High Voltage
D090 I/O ports/CLKOUT (Note 3) VOH VDD - 0.7 — — V IOH = -3.0 mA, VDD = 4.5V,
–40C to +85C
D090A VDD - 0.7 — — V IOH = -2.5 mA, VDD = 4.5V,
–40C to +125C
D092 OSC2 VDD - 0.7 — — V IOH = -1.3 mA, VDD = 4.5V,
–40C to +85C
D092A VDD - 0.7 — — V IOH = -1.0 mA, VDD = 4.5V,
–40C to +125C
Capacitive Loading Specs on
Output Pins
D100 OSC2 pin COSC2 — — 15 pF In XT, HS and LP modes when
external clock is used to drive
OSC1.
D101 All I/O pins and OSC2 CIO — — 50 pF
DC CHARACTERISTICS
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise specified)
Operating temperature 0°C  TA  +70°C (commercial)
–40°C  TA  +85°C (industrial)
–40°C  TA  +125°C (extended)
Operating voltage VDD range as described in DC spec Section 10.1 and
Section 10.3.
Param
No.
Characteristic Sym Min Typ† Max Units Conditions
† Data in “Typ” column is at 5V, 25C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not
tested.
Note 1: In EXTRC oscillator configuration, the OSC1/CLKIN pin is a Schmitt Trigger input. It is not recommended that the PIC16C505
be driven with external clock in RC mode.
2: The leakage current on the MCLR pin is strongly dependent on the applied voltage level. The specified levels represent nor-
mal operating conditions. Higher leakage current may be measured at different input voltages.
3: Negative current is defined as coming out of the pin.
4: Does not include GP3. For GP3 see parameters D061 and D061A.
5: This spec. applies to GP3/MCLR configured as external MCLR and GP3/MCLR configured as input with internal pull-up
enabled.
6: This spec. applies when GP3/MCLR is configured as an input with pull-up disabled. The leakage current of the MCLR circuit
is higher than the standard I/O logic.
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 62  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 10-1: PULL-UP RESISTOR RANGES - PIC16C505
VDD (Volts) Temperature (C) Min Typ Max Units
RB0/RB1/RB4
2.5 –40 38K 42K 63K W
25 42K 48K 63K W
85 42K 49K 63K W
125 50K 55K 63K W
5.5 –40 15K 17K 20K W
25 18K 20K 23K W
85 19K 22K 25K W
125 22K 24K 28K W
RB3
2.5 –40 285K 346K 417K W
25 343K 414K 532K W
85 368K 457K 532K W
125 431K 504K 593K W
5.5 –40 247K 292K 360K W
25 288K 341K 437K W
85 306K 371K 448K W
125 351K 407K 500K W
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 63
PIC16C505
10.4 Timing Parameter Symbology and Load Conditions - PIC16C505
The timing parameter symbols have been created following one of the following formats:
1. TppS2ppS
2. TppS
T
F Frequency T Time
Lowercase subscripts (pp) and their meanings:
pp
2 to mc MCLR
ck CLKOUT osc oscillator
cy cycle time os OSC1
drt device reset timer t0 T0CKI
io I/O port wdt watchdog timer
Uppercase letters and their meanings:
S
F Fall P Period
H High R Rise
I Invalid (Hi-impedance) V Valid
L Low Z Hi-impedance
FIGURE 10-4: LOAD CONDITIONS - PIC16C505
CL
VSS
Pin CL = 50 pF for all pins except OSC2
15 pF for OSC2 in XT, HS or LP
modes when external clock
is used to drive OSC1
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 64  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
10.5 Timing Diagrams and Specifications
FIGURE 10-5: EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING - PIC16C505
TABLE 10-2: EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING REQUIREMENTS - PIC16C505
AC Characteristics Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise specified)
Operating Temperature 0C  TA  +70C (commercial),
–40C  TA  +85C (industrial),
–40C  TA  +125C (extended)
Operating Voltage VDD range is described in Section 10.1
Parameter
No.
Sym Characteristic Min Typ(1) Max Units Conditions
1A FOSC External CLKIN Frequency(2)
DC — 4 MHz XT osc mode
DC — 4 MHz HS osc mode
(PIC16C505-04)
DC — 20 MHz HS osc mode
(PIC16C505-20)
DC — 200 kHz LP osc mode
Oscillator Frequency(2)
DC — 4 MHz EXTRC osc mode
0.1 — 4 MHz XT osc mode
4 — 4 MHz HS osc mode
(PIC16C505-04)
DC — 200 kHz LP osc mode
1 TOSC External CLKIN Period(2)
250 — — ns XT osc mode
50 — — ns HS osc mode
(PIC16C505-20)
— — µs LP osc mode
Oscillator Period(2) 250 — — ns EXTRC osc mode
250 — 10,000 ns XT osc mode
250 — 250 ns HS ocs mode
(PIC16C505-04)
50 — 250 ns HS ocs mode
(PIC16C505-20)
5 — — µs LP osc mode
2 TCY Instruction Cycle Time — 4/FOSC DC ns
200 — ns
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Note 1: Data in the Typical (“Typ”) column is at 5V, 25C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only
and are not tested.
2: All specified values are based on characterization data for that particular oscillator type under standard operating condi-
tions with the device executing code. Exceeding these specified limits may result in an unstable oscillator operation and/or
higher than expected current consumption.
When an external clock input is used, the “max” cycle time limit is “DC” (no clock) for all devices.
OSC1
Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1
1 3 3
4 4
2
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 65
PIC16C505
TABLE 10-3: CALIBRATED INTERNAL RC FREQUENCIES - PIC16C505
3 TosL, TosH Clock in (OSC1) Low or High Time 50* — — ns XT oscillator
2* — — µs LP oscillator
10 ns HS oscillator
4 TosR, TosF Clock in (OSC1) Rise or Fall Time — — 25* ns XT oscillator
— — 50* ns LP oscillator
— — 15 ns HS oscillator
AC Characteristics Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise specified)
Operating Temperature 0C  TA  +70C (commercial),
–40C  TA  +85C (industrial),
–40C  TA  +125C (extended)
Operating Voltage VDD range is described in Section 10.1
Parameter
No.
Sym Characteristic Min* Typ(1)
Max* Units Conditions
Internal Calibrated RC Frequency 3.65 4.00 4.28 MHz VDD = 5.0V
Internal Calibrated RC Frequency 3.55 4.00 4.31 MHz VDD = 2.5V
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Note 1: Data in the Typical (“Typ”) column is at 5V, 25C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only
and are not tested.
TABLE 10-2: EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING REQUIREMENTS - PIC16C505 (CONTINUED)
AC Characteristics Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise specified)
Operating Temperature 0C  TA  +70C (commercial),
–40C  TA  +85C (industrial),
–40C  TA  +125C (extended)
Operating Voltage VDD range is described in Section 10.1
Parameter
No.
Sym Characteristic Min Typ(1)
Max Units Conditions
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Note 1: Data in the Typical (“Typ”) column is at 5V, 25C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only
and are not tested.
2: All specified values are based on characterization data for that particular oscillator type under standard operating condi-
tions with the device executing code. Exceeding these specified limits may result in an unstable oscillator operation and/or
higher than expected current consumption.
When an external clock input is used, the “max” cycle time limit is “DC” (no clock) for all devices.
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 66  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 10-6: I/O TIMING - PIC16C505
TABLE 10-4: TIMING REQUIREMENTS - PIC16C505
AC Characteristics Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise specified)
Operating Temperature 0C  TA  +70C (commercial)
–40C  TA  +85C (industrial)
–40C  TA  +125C (extended)
Operating Voltage VDD range is described in Section 10.1
Parameter
No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ(1)
Max Units
17 TosH2ioV OSC1 (Q1 cycle) to Port out valid(2,3)
— — 100* ns
18 TosH2ioI OSC1 (Q2 cycle) to Port input invalid
(I/O in hold time)(2)
TBD — — ns
19 TioV2osH Port input valid to OSC1
(I/O in setup time)
TBD — — ns
20 TioR Port output rise time(3)
— 10 25** ns
21 TioF Port output fall time(3)
— 10 25** ns
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
** These parameters are design targets and are not tested.
Note 1: Data in the Typical (“Typ”) column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only
and are not tested.
2: Measurements are taken in EXTRC mode.
3: See Figure 10-4 for loading conditions.
OSC1
I/O Pin
(input)
I/O Pin
(output)
Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3
17
20, 21
18
Old Value New Value
Note: All tests must be done with specified capacitive loads (see data sheet) 50 pF on I/O pins and CLKOUT.
19
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 67
PIC16C505
FIGURE 10-7: RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, AND DEVICE RESET TIMER TIMING - PIC16C505
TABLE 10-5: RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, AND DEVICE RESET TIMER - PIC16C505
TABLE 10-6: DRT (DEVICE RESET TIMER PERIOD - PIC16C505
AC Characteristics Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise specified)
Operating Temperature 0C  TA  +70C (commercial)
–40C  TA  +85C (industrial)
–40C  TA  +125C (extended)
Operating Voltage VDD range is described in Section 10.1
Parameter
No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ(1)
Max Units Conditions
30 TmcL MCLR Pulse Width (low) 2000* — — ns VDD = 5.0 V
31 Twdt Watchdog Timer Time-out Period
(No Prescaler)
9* 18* 30* ms VDD = 5.0 V (Commercial)
32 TDRT Device Reset Timer Period(2) 9* 18* 30* ms VDD = 5.0 V (Commercial)
34 TioZ I/O Hi-impedance from MCLR Low — — 2000* ns
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Note 1: Data in the Typical (“Typ”) column is at 5V, 25C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only
and are not tested.
Oscillator Configuration POR Reset Subsequent Resets
IntRC & ExtRC 18 ms (typical) 300 µs (typical)
XT, HS & LP 18 ms (typical) 18 ms (typical)
VDD
MCLR
Internal
POR
DRT
Timeout
Internal
RESET
Watchdog
Timer
RESET
32
31
34
I/O pin
32 32
34
(Note 1)
30
(Note 2)
Note 1: I/O pins must be taken out of hi-impedance mode by enabling the output drivers in software.
2: Runs in MCLR or WDT reset only in XT, LP and HS modes.
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 68  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 10-8: TIMER0 CLOCK TIMINGS - PIC16C505
TABLE 10-7: TIMER0 CLOCK REQUIREMENTS - PIC16C505
AC Characteristics Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise specified)
Operating Temperature 0C  TA  +70C (commercial)
–40C  TA  +85C (industrial)
–40C  TA  +125C (extended)
Operating Voltage VDD range is described in Section 10.1.
Parm
No.
Sym Characteristic Min Typ(1)
Max Units Conditions
40 Tt0H T0CKI High Pulse Width No Prescaler 0.5 TCY + 20* — — ns
With Prescaler 10* — — ns
41 Tt0L T0CKI Low Pulse Width No Prescaler 0.5 TCY + 20* — — ns
With Prescaler 10* — — ns
42 Tt0P T0CKI Period 20 or TCY + 40* N — — ns Whichever is greater.
N = Prescale Value
(1, 2, 4,..., 256)
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Note 1: Data in the Typical (“Typ”) column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only
and are not tested.
T0CKI
40 41
42
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 69
PIC16C505
11.0 DC AND AC
CHARACTERISTICS -
PIC16C505
The graphs and tables provided in this section are for
design guidance and are not tested. In some graphs or
tables the data presented are outside specified
operating range (e.g., outside specified VDD range).
This is for information only and devices will operate
properly only within the specified range.
The data presented in this section is a statistical
summary of data collected on units from different lots
over a period of time. “Typical” represents the mean of
the distribution while “max” or “min” represents (mean
+ 3) and (mean – 3) respectively, where  is
standard deviation.
FIGURE 11-1: CALIBRATED INTERNAL RC
FREQUENCY RANGE VS.
TEMPERATURE (VDD = 5.0V)
(INTERNAL RC IS
CALIBRATED TO 25°C, 5.0V)
FIGURE 11-2: CALIBRATED INTERNAL RC
FREQUENCY RANGE VS.
TEMPERATURE (VDD = 2.5V)
(INTERNAL RC IS
CALIBRATED TO 25°C, 5.0V)
4.40
4.30
4.20
4.10
4.00
3.90
3.80
3.70
3.60
3.50
-40 25 85 125
4.50
0
Max.
Min.
Frequency(MHz)
Temperature (Deg.C)
4.40
4.30
4.20
4.10
4.00
3.90
3.80
3.70
3.60
3.50
-40 25 85 125
4.50
0
Max.
Min.
Frequency(MHz)
Temperature (Deg.C)
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 70  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 11-1: DYNAMIC IDD (TYPICAL) - WDT ENABLED, 25°C
FIGURE 11-3: WDT TIMER TIME-OUT
PERIOD vs. VDD
FIGURE 11-4: SHORT DRT PERIOD VS. VDD
Oscillator Frequency VDD = 3.0V(1) VDD = 5.5V
External RC 4 MHz 240 µA(2)
800 µA(2)
Internal RC 4 MHz 320 µA 800 µA
XT 4 MHz 300 µA 800 µA
LP 32 kHz 19 µA 50 µA
HS 20 MHz N/A 4.5 mA
Note 1: LP oscillator based on VDD = 2.5V
2: Does not include current through external R&C.
MIn –40C
Typ +25C
Max +85C
Max +125C
55
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
0 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5
VDD (Volts)
WDTperiod(µS)
MIn –40C
Typ +25C
Max +85C
Max +125C
950
850
750
650
550
450
350
250
150
0
0 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5
VDD (Volts)
WDTperiod(µs)
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 71
PIC16C505
FIGURE 11-5: IOH vs. VOH, VDD = 2.5 V
FIGURE 11-6: IOH vs. VOH, VDD = 5.5 V
500m 1.0 1.5
VOH (Volts)
IOH(mA)
2.0 2.5
0
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
Min +125C
Max –40C
Typ +25C
Min +85C
3.5 4.0 4.5
VOH (Volts)
IOH(mA)
5.0 5.5
0
-5
-10
-15
-20
-25
-30
M
in
+125C
M
ax
–40C
Typ
+25C
M
in
+85C
FIGURE 11-7: IOL vs. VOL, VDD = 2.5 V
FIGURE 11-8: IOL vs. VOL, VDD = 5.5 V
25
20
15
10
5
0
250.0m 500.0m 1.0
VOL (Volts)
IOL(mA)
Min +85C
Max –40C
Typ +25C
0
Min +125C
50
40
30
20
10
0
500.0m 750.0m 1.0
VOL (Volts)
IOL(mA)
250.0m
Min +85C
Max –40C
Typ +25C
Min +125C
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 72  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 73
PIC16C505
12.0 PACKAGING INFORMATION
12.1 Package Marking Information
14-Lead PDIP (300 mil) Example
PIC16C505
9904SAZ
14-Lead SOIC (3.90 mm) Example
9904SAZ
Legend: XX...X Customer-specific information
Y Year code (last digit of calendar year)
YY Year code (last 2 digits of calendar year)
WW Week code (week of January 1 is week ‘01’)
NNN Alphanumeric traceability code
Pb-free JEDEC designator for Matte Tin (Sn)
* This package is Pb-free. The Pb-free JEDEC designator ( )
can be found on the outer packaging for this package.
Note: In the event the full Microchip part number cannot be marked on one line, it will
be carried over to the next line, thus limiting the number of available
characters for customer-specific information.
3e
3e
14-Lead TSSOP (4.4 mm) Example
YYWW
NNN
XXXXXXXX 16C505
-04/P 3e
PIC16C505
-04/SL 3e
XXXYYWW
NNN
3e
04/9904
SAZ
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 74  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
/HDG 3ODVWLF 'XDO ,Q/LQH 3
±  PLO %RG 3',3@
1RWHV
 3LQ  YLVXDO LQGH[ IHDWXUH PD YDU EXW PXVW EH ORFDWHG ZLWK WKH KDWFKHG DUHD
 † 6LJQLILFDQW KDUDFWHULVWLF
 'LPHQVLRQV ' DQG ( GR QRW LQFOXGH PROG IODVK RU SURWUXVLRQV 0ROG IODVK RU SURWUXVLRQV VKDOO QRW H[FHHG  SHU VLGH
 'LPHQVLRQLQJ DQG WROHUDQFLQJ SHU $60( 0
%6 %DVLF 'LPHQVLRQ 7KHRUHWLFDOO H[DFW YDOXH VKRZQ ZLWKRXW WROHUDQFHV
1RWH )RU WKH PRVW FXUUHQW SDFNDJH GUDZLQJV SOHDVH VHH WKH 0LFURFKLS 3DFNDJLQJ 6SHFLILFDWLRQ ORFDWHG DW
KWWSZZZPLFURFKLSFRPSDFNDJLQJ
8QLWV ,1+(6
'LPHQVLRQ /LPLWV 0,1 120 0$;
1XPEHU RI 3LQV 1 
3LWFK H  %6
7RS WR 6HDWLQJ 3ODQH $ ± ± 
0ROGHG 3DFNDJH 7KLFNQHVV $   
%DVH WR 6HDWLQJ 3ODQH $  ± ±
6KRXOGHU WR 6KRXOGHU :LGWK (   
0ROGHG 3DFNDJH :LGWK (   
2YHUDOO /HQJWK '   
7LS WR 6HDWLQJ 3ODQH /   
/HDG 7KLFNQHVV F   
8SSHU /HDG :LGWK E   
/RZHU /HDG :LGWK E   
2YHUDOO 5RZ 6SDFLQJ † H% ± ± 
N
E1
D
NOTE 1
1 2 3
E
c
eB
A2
L
A
A1
b1
b e
0LFURFKLS 7HFKQRORJ 'UDZLQJ %
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 75
PIC16C505
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 76  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 77
PIC16C505
1RWH )RU WKH PRVW FXUUHQW SDFNDJH GUDZLQJV SOHDVH VHH WKH 0LFURFKLS 3DFNDJLQJ 6SHFLILFDWLRQ ORFDWHG DW
KWWSZZZPLFURFKLSFRPSDFNDJLQJ
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 78  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 79
PIC16C505
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 80  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 81
PIC18F66K80 FAMILY
APPENDIX A: REVISION HISTORY
Revision D (June 2012)
• Section 12.0 “Packaging Information” was
updated with current package outline drawings.
• Removed Section 2.1 “UV Erasable Devices”
section.
PIC18F66K80 FAMILY
DS40192D-page 82  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 83
PIC16C505
INDEX
A
ALU ....................................................................................... 7
Applications........................................................................... 3
Architectural Overview .......................................................... 7
Assembler
MPASM Assembler..................................................... 52
B
Block Diagram
On-Chip Reset Circuit................................................. 33
Timer0......................................................................... 23
TMR0/WDT Prescaler................................................. 26
Watchdog Timer.......................................................... 35
Brown-Out Protection Circuit .............................................. 36
C
C Compilers
MPLAB C18 ................................................................ 52
CAL0 bit .............................................................................. 16
CAL1 bit .............................................................................. 16
CAL2 bit .............................................................................. 16
CAL3 bit .............................................................................. 16
CALFST bit ......................................................................... 16
CALSLW bit ........................................................................ 16
Carry ..................................................................................... 7
Clocking Scheme ................................................................ 10
Code Protection ............................................................ 27, 37
Configuration Bits................................................................ 27
Configuration Word ............................................................. 27
Customer Change Notification Service ............................... 85
Customer Notification Service............................................. 85
Customer Support............................................................... 85
D
DC and AC Characteristics ................................................. 69
Development Support ......................................................... 51
Device Varieties .................................................................... 5
Digit Carry ............................................................................. 7
E
Errata .................................................................................... 2
F
Family of Devices
PIC16C505 ................................................................... 4
FSR..................................................................................... 18
I
I/O Interfacing ..................................................................... 19
I/O Ports.............................................................................. 19
I/O Programming Considerations........................................ 20
ID Locations .................................................................. 27, 37
INDF.................................................................................... 18
Indirect Data Addressing..................................................... 18
Instruction Cycle ................................................................. 10
Instruction Flow/Pipelining .................................................. 10
Instruction Set Summary..................................................... 40
Internet Address.................................................................. 85
L
Loading of PC..................................................................... 17
M
Memory Organization ......................................................... 11
Data Memory .............................................................. 12
Program Memory........................................................ 11
Microchip Internet Web Site................................................ 85
MPLAB ASM30 Assembler, Linker, Librarian..................... 52
MPLAB Integrated Development Environment Software.... 51
MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer ...................................... 54
MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit Emulator System .................. 53
MPLINK Object Linker/MPLIB Object Librarian.................. 52
O
OPTION Register................................................................ 15
OSC selection..................................................................... 27
OSCCAL Register............................................................... 16
Oscillator Configurations..................................................... 28
Oscillator Types
HS............................................................................... 28
LP ............................................................................... 28
RC .............................................................................. 28
XT............................................................................... 28
P
Package Marking Information............................................. 73
Packaging Information........................................................ 73
POR
Device Reset Timer (DRT) ................................... 27, 34
PD............................................................................... 36
Power-On Reset (POR).............................................. 27
TO............................................................................... 36
PORTB ............................................................................... 19
Power-Down Mode ............................................................. 37
Prescaler ............................................................................ 26
Program Counter ................................................................ 17
Q
Q cycles.............................................................................. 10
R
RC Oscillator....................................................................... 29
Read Modify Write .............................................................. 20
Reader Response............................................................... 86
Register File Map................................................................ 12
Registers
Special Function ......................................................... 13
Reset .................................................................................. 27
Reset on Brown-Out ........................................................... 36
Revision History.................................................................. 81
S
SLEEP .......................................................................... 27, 37
Software Simulator (MPLAB SIM) ...................................... 53
Special Features of the CPU .............................................. 27
Special Function Registers................................................. 13
Stack................................................................................... 17
STATUS ............................................................................... 7
STATUS Register ............................................................... 14
T
Timer0
Switching Prescaler Assignment ................................ 26
Timer0 ........................................................................ 23
Timer0 (TMR0) Module .............................................. 23
TMR0 with External Clock .......................................... 25
Timing Diagrams and Specifications .................................. 64
Timing Parameter Symbology and Load Conditions .......... 63
TRIS Registers ................................................................... 19
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 84  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
W
Wake-up from SLEEP.........................................................37
Watchdog Timer (WDT) ................................................ 27, 34
Period..........................................................................35
Programming Considerations .....................................35
WWW Address....................................................................85
WWW, On-Line Support........................................................2
Z
Zero bit..................................................................................7
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 85
PIC16C505
THE MICROCHIP WEB SITE
Microchip provides online support via our WWW site at
www.microchip.com. This web site is used as a means
to make files and information easily available to
customers. Accessible by using your favorite Internet
browser, the web site contains the following
information:
• Product Support – Data sheets and errata,
application notes and sample programs, design
resources, user’s guides and hardware support
documents, latest software releases and archived
software
• General Technical Support – Frequently Asked
Questions (FAQ), technical support requests,
online discussion groups, Microchip consultant
program member listing
• Business of Microchip – Product selector and
ordering guides, latest Microchip press releases,
listing of seminars and events, listings of
Microchip sales offices, distributors and factory
representatives
CUSTOMER CHANGE NOTIFICATION
SERVICE
Microchip’s customer notification service helps keep
customers current on Microchip products. Subscribers
will receive e-mail notification whenever there are
changes, updates, revisions or errata related to a
specified product family or development tool of interest.
To register, access the Microchip web site at
www.microchip.com. Under “Support”, click on
“Customer Change Notification” and follow the
registration instructions.
CUSTOMER SUPPORT
Users of Microchip products can receive assistance
through several channels:
• Distributor or Representative
• Local Sales Office
• Field Application Engineer (FAE)
• Technical Support
Customers should contact their distributor,
representative or field application engineer (FAE) for
support. Local sales offices are also available to help
customers. A listing of sales offices and locations is
included in the back of this document.
Technical support is available through the web site
at: http://microchip.com/support
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 86  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
READER RESPONSE
It is our intention to provide you with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your Microchip
product. If you wish to provide your comments on organization, clarity, subject matter, and ways in which our
documentation can better serve you, please FAX your comments to the Technical Publications Manager at
(480) 792-4150.
Please list the following information, and use this outline to provide us with your comments about this document.
TO: Technical Publications Manager
RE: Reader Response
Total Pages Sent ________
From: Name
Company
Address
City / State / ZIP / Country
Telephone: (_______) _________ - _________
Application (optional):
Would you like a reply? Y N
Device: Literature Number:
Questions:
FAX: (______) _________ - _________
DS40192DPIC16C505
1. What are the best features of this document?
2. How does this document meet your hardware and software development needs?
3. Do you find the organization of this document easy to follow? If not, why?
4. What additions to the document do you think would enhance the structure and subject?
5. What deletions from the document could be made without affecting the overall usefulness?
6. Is there any incorrect or misleading information (what and where)?
7. How would you improve this document?
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 87
PIC16C505
PIC16C505 Product Identification System
Please contact your local sales office for exact ordering procedures.
Sales and Support
Data Sheets
Products supported by a preliminary Data Sheet may have an errata sheet describing minor operational differences and recom-
mended workarounds. To determine if an errata sheet exists for a particular device, please contact one of the following:
1. Your local Microchip sales office
2. The Microchip Worldwide Site (www.microchip.com)
Please specify which device, revision of silicon and Data Sheet (include Literature #) you are using.
New Customer Notification System
Register on our web site (www.microchip.com/cn) to receive the most current information on our products.
Pattern: Special Requirements
Package: SL = 150 mil SOIC
P = 300 mil PDIP
ST = 4.4 mm TSSOP
Temperature
Range:
- = 0C to +70C
I = -40C to +85C
E = -40C to +125C
Frequency
Range:
04 = 4 MHz (XT, INTRC, EXTRC OSC)
20 = 20 MHz (HS OSC)
Device PIC16C505
PIC16LC505
PIC16C505T (Tape  reel for SOIC only)
PIC16LC505T (Tape  reel for SOIC only)
PART NO. -XX X /XX XXX Examples
a) PIC16C505-04/P
Commercial Temp.,
PDIP Package, 4 MHz,
normal VDD limits
b) PIC16C505-04I/SL
Industrial Temp., SOIC
package,4 MHz,normal
VDD limits
c) PIC16C505-04I/P
Industrial Temp.,
PDIP package, 4 MHz,
normal VDD limits
PIC16C505
DS40192D-page 88  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
 1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 89
Information contained in this publication regarding device
applications and the like is provided only for your convenience
and may be superseded by updates. It is your responsibility to
ensure that your application meets with your specifications.
MICROCHIP MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR
WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND WHETHER EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, WRITTEN OR ORAL, STATUTORY OR
OTHERWISE, RELATED TO THE INFORMATION,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ITS CONDITION,
QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR PURPOSE. Microchip disclaims all liability
arising from this information and its use. Use of Microchip
devices in life support and/or safety applications is entirely at
the buyer’s risk, and the buyer agrees to defend, indemnify and
hold harmless Microchip from any and all damages, claims,
suits, or expenses resulting from such use. No licenses are
conveyed, implicitly or otherwise, under any Microchip
intellectual property rights.
Trademarks
The Microchip name and logo, the Microchip logo, dsPIC,
KEELOQ, KEELOQ logo, MPLAB, PIC, PICmicro, PICSTART,
PIC32 logo, rfPIC and UNI/O are registered trademarks of
Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. and other
countries.
FilterLab, Hampshire, HI-TECH C, Linear Active Thermistor,
MXDEV, MXLAB, SEEVAL and The Embedded Control
Solutions Company are registered trademarks of Microchip
Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A.
Analog-for-the-Digital Age, Application Maestro, chipKIT,
chipKIT logo, CodeGuard, dsPICDEM, dsPICDEM.net,
dsPICworks, dsSPEAK, ECAN, ECONOMONITOR,
FanSense, HI-TIDE, In-Circuit Serial Programming, ICSP,
Mindi, MiWi, MPASM, MPLAB Certified logo, MPLIB,
MPLINK, mTouch, Omniscient Code Generation, PICC,
PICC-18, PICDEM, PICDEM.net, PICkit, PICtail, REAL ICE,
rfLAB, Select Mode, Total Endurance, TSHARC,
UniWinDriver, WiperLock and ZENA are trademarks of
Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. and other
countries.
SQTP is a service mark of Microchip Technology Incorporated
in the U.S.A.
All other trademarks mentioned herein are property of their
respective companies.
© 1999-2012, Microchip Technology Incorporated, Printed in
the U.S.A., All Rights Reserved.
Printed on recycled paper.
ISBN: 978-1-62076-395-7
Note the following details of the code protection feature on Microchip devices:
• Microchip products meet the specification contained in their particular Microchip Data Sheet.
• Microchip believes that its family of products is one of the most secure families of its kind on the market today, when used in the
intended manner and under normal conditions.
• There are dishonest and possibly illegal methods used to breach the code protection feature. All of these methods, to our
knowledge, require using the Microchip products in a manner outside the operating specifications contained in Microchip’s Data
Sheets. Most likely, the person doing so is engaged in theft of intellectual property.
• Microchip is willing to work with the customer who is concerned about the integrity of their code.
• Neither Microchip nor any other semiconductor manufacturer can guarantee the security of their code. Code protection does not
mean that we are guaranteeing the product as “unbreakable.”
Code protection is constantly evolving. We at Microchip are committed to continuously improving the code protection features of our
products. Attempts to break Microchip’s code protection feature may be a violation of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act. If such acts
allow unauthorized access to your software or other copyrighted work, you may have a right to sue for relief under that Act.
Microchip received ISO/TS-16949:2009 certification for its worldwide
headquarters, design and wafer fabrication facilities in Chandler and
Tempe, Arizona; Gresham, Oregon and design centers in California
and India. The Company’s quality system processes and procedures
are for its PIC® MCUs and dsPIC® DSCs, KEELOQ® code hopping
devices, Serial EEPROMs, microperipherals, nonvolatile memory and
analog products. In addition, Microchip’s quality system for the design
and manufacture of development systems is ISO 9001:2000 certified.
QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CERTIFIED BY DNV
== ISO/TS 16949 ==

More Related Content

PPT
Toshiba Cortex Seminar in Israel
Amir Sherman
 
PPT
Arrow Israel the MCU Home
Amir Sherman
 
PPTX
SIMATIC S7-1200 Overview
Luis Narvaez
 
PDF
[YOUSUNG] Product Catalog
LukePark12
 
PDF
Tracking police man using rf proximity card
Albert Jose
 
PDF
Atmega8u2 mur
Nickyhoney
 
PDF
Hoja de datos técnicos del PIC16FX
emmanuel9393
 
Toshiba Cortex Seminar in Israel
Amir Sherman
 
Arrow Israel the MCU Home
Amir Sherman
 
SIMATIC S7-1200 Overview
Luis Narvaez
 
[YOUSUNG] Product Catalog
LukePark12
 
Tracking police man using rf proximity card
Albert Jose
 
Atmega8u2 mur
Nickyhoney
 
Hoja de datos técnicos del PIC16FX
emmanuel9393
 

What's hot (18)

PPT
Protege Hardware Sales Updated October 2008
jeremyomeara
 
DOC
REPORT texto braillefinal
ASWATHI K
 
PDF
PC-Based Solution_20150717_Eric Lo
Eric Lo
 
PDF
Industrial communication 2016 English
ifm electronic gmbh
 
PDF
2 unit-es-printed
twinkleratna
 
PDF
Intro to IO-Link
Neil Farrow, P.E.
 
PDF
Pr5 dd
ZuRika MuhAmad
 
PPTX
Industrial Automation Using B&R PLC.
Government Engineering College, Gandhinagar
 
PDF
Catalogo unitronics 2011_intrave
INTRAVE IndustrialAutomation
 
PDF
Datasheet omron clp
evertonjgomes
 
PPT
CENTUM CS300 R3
AhmedAmri23
 
PDF
TFT LCD Module Display Manufacturer
KeatonParker2
 
PPTX
embedded system
Vivek Ranjan
 
PPT
Dcs presentation 13005437501565-phpapp01
infoasim2
 
PDF
iot1&2.pdf
LikhithaReddyYeruva
 
PDF
AS-I Overview Brochure
Danius Silgalis
 
PDF
Sales Kits for NEXCOM Automation Control Solutions_20160404_FB__Eric Lo
Eric Lo
 
Protege Hardware Sales Updated October 2008
jeremyomeara
 
REPORT texto braillefinal
ASWATHI K
 
PC-Based Solution_20150717_Eric Lo
Eric Lo
 
Industrial communication 2016 English
ifm electronic gmbh
 
2 unit-es-printed
twinkleratna
 
Intro to IO-Link
Neil Farrow, P.E.
 
Industrial Automation Using B&R PLC.
Government Engineering College, Gandhinagar
 
Catalogo unitronics 2011_intrave
INTRAVE IndustrialAutomation
 
Datasheet omron clp
evertonjgomes
 
CENTUM CS300 R3
AhmedAmri23
 
TFT LCD Module Display Manufacturer
KeatonParker2
 
embedded system
Vivek Ranjan
 
Dcs presentation 13005437501565-phpapp01
infoasim2
 
AS-I Overview Brochure
Danius Silgalis
 
Sales Kits for NEXCOM Automation Control Solutions_20160404_FB__Eric Lo
Eric Lo
 
Ad

Similar to Pic16 c505 (20)

PDF
12C5XX.PDF
umesh veeranna
 
PDF
6datasheets
Muhammad Iman Santoso
 
PDF
Pic16 f877 20p
eloirvr
 
PDF
microprocesadores _ Pic Datasheep 16f877
jessiquinterot
 
PDF
MICROCHIPSFFHGKSFGAKJSDGHAHSDGKJASHDKJASHDGW
thomyaguilar025
 
PDF
16f84
holinh7
 
PDF
Datasheet PIC16f887
whendygarcia
 
PDF
PIC16F1934.PDF
BrayanJulian8
 
PDF
14k50 auto
Alfredo Santillan
 
PDF
Pic16f84
Jamin Gadea
 
PDF
Microchip
pedrinsky787
 
PDF
16f84 a pic
karlosuri
 
PDF
819 data sheet
Nimal Rathnaweera
 
PDF
DATA SHEET PIC12F675
dennisayalalaime
 
PDF
Digital system design lab 1 report manual
koinai0031
 
PDF
Design and implementation of real time security guard robot using GSM/CDMA ne...
Claude Ndayisenga
 
PDF
Pic16f87x1a
Luis Gomez
 
PDF
Pic16 f676
veenaarams
 
12C5XX.PDF
umesh veeranna
 
Pic16 f877 20p
eloirvr
 
microprocesadores _ Pic Datasheep 16f877
jessiquinterot
 
MICROCHIPSFFHGKSFGAKJSDGHAHSDGKJASHDKJASHDGW
thomyaguilar025
 
16f84
holinh7
 
Datasheet PIC16f887
whendygarcia
 
PIC16F1934.PDF
BrayanJulian8
 
14k50 auto
Alfredo Santillan
 
Pic16f84
Jamin Gadea
 
Microchip
pedrinsky787
 
16f84 a pic
karlosuri
 
819 data sheet
Nimal Rathnaweera
 
DATA SHEET PIC12F675
dennisayalalaime
 
Digital system design lab 1 report manual
koinai0031
 
Design and implementation of real time security guard robot using GSM/CDMA ne...
Claude Ndayisenga
 
Pic16f87x1a
Luis Gomez
 
Pic16 f676
veenaarams
 
Ad

Recently uploaded (20)

PDF
오픈소스 LLM, vLLM으로 Production까지 (Instruct.KR Summer Meetup, 2025)
Hyogeun Oh
 
PPTX
Victory Precisions_Supplier Profile.pptx
victoryprecisions199
 
PDF
July 2025: Top 10 Read Articles Advanced Information Technology
ijait
 
PPT
SCOPE_~1- technology of green house and poyhouse
bala464780
 
PPTX
Color Model in Textile ( RGB, CMYK).pptx
auladhossain191
 
PPT
Ppt for engineering students application on field effect
lakshmi.ec
 
PDF
LEAP-1B presedntation xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
hatem173148
 
PPTX
IoT_Smart_Agriculture_Presentations.pptx
poojakumari696707
 
PDF
top-5-use-cases-for-splunk-security-analytics.pdf
yaghutialireza
 
PPT
1. SYSTEMS, ROLES, AND DEVELOPMENT METHODOLOGIES.ppt
zilow058
 
DOCX
SAR - EEEfdfdsdasdsdasdasdasdasdasdasdasda.docx
Kanimozhi676285
 
PPTX
Information Retrieval and Extraction - Module 7
premSankar19
 
PPTX
Chapter_Seven_Construction_Reliability_Elective_III_Msc CM
SubashKumarBhattarai
 
PPTX
Inventory management chapter in automation and robotics.
atisht0104
 
PDF
Software Testing Tools - names and explanation
shruti533256
 
PPTX
Civil Engineering Practices_BY Sh.JP Mishra 23.09.pptx
bineetmishra1990
 
PDF
The Effect of Artifact Removal from EEG Signals on the Detection of Epileptic...
Partho Prosad
 
PDF
Top 10 read articles In Managing Information Technology.pdf
IJMIT JOURNAL
 
PDF
Activated Carbon for Water and Wastewater Treatment_ Integration of Adsorptio...
EmilianoRodriguezTll
 
PDF
2010_Book_EnvironmentalBioengineering (1).pdf
EmilianoRodriguezTll
 
오픈소스 LLM, vLLM으로 Production까지 (Instruct.KR Summer Meetup, 2025)
Hyogeun Oh
 
Victory Precisions_Supplier Profile.pptx
victoryprecisions199
 
July 2025: Top 10 Read Articles Advanced Information Technology
ijait
 
SCOPE_~1- technology of green house and poyhouse
bala464780
 
Color Model in Textile ( RGB, CMYK).pptx
auladhossain191
 
Ppt for engineering students application on field effect
lakshmi.ec
 
LEAP-1B presedntation xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
hatem173148
 
IoT_Smart_Agriculture_Presentations.pptx
poojakumari696707
 
top-5-use-cases-for-splunk-security-analytics.pdf
yaghutialireza
 
1. SYSTEMS, ROLES, AND DEVELOPMENT METHODOLOGIES.ppt
zilow058
 
SAR - EEEfdfdsdasdsdasdasdasdasdasdasdasda.docx
Kanimozhi676285
 
Information Retrieval and Extraction - Module 7
premSankar19
 
Chapter_Seven_Construction_Reliability_Elective_III_Msc CM
SubashKumarBhattarai
 
Inventory management chapter in automation and robotics.
atisht0104
 
Software Testing Tools - names and explanation
shruti533256
 
Civil Engineering Practices_BY Sh.JP Mishra 23.09.pptx
bineetmishra1990
 
The Effect of Artifact Removal from EEG Signals on the Detection of Epileptic...
Partho Prosad
 
Top 10 read articles In Managing Information Technology.pdf
IJMIT JOURNAL
 
Activated Carbon for Water and Wastewater Treatment_ Integration of Adsorptio...
EmilianoRodriguezTll
 
2010_Book_EnvironmentalBioengineering (1).pdf
EmilianoRodriguezTll
 

Pic16 c505

  • 1.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 1 Device included in this Data Sheet: PIC16C505 High-Performance RISC CPU: • Only 33 instructions to learn • Operating speed: - DC - 20 MHz clock input - DC - 200 ns instruction cycle • Direct, indirect and relative addressing modes for data and instructions • 12-bit wide instructions • 8-bit wide data path • 2-level deep hardware stack • Eight special function hardware registers • Direct, indirect and relative addressing modes for data and instructions • All single cycle instructions (200 ns) except for program branches which are two-cycle Peripheral Features: • 11 I/O pins with individual direction control • 1 input pin • High current sink/source for direct LED drive • Timer0: 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit programmable prescaler Pin Diagram: Device Memory Program Data PIC16C505 1024 x 12 72 x 8 PDIP, SOIC, TSSOP PIC16C505 VDD RB5/OSC1/CLKIN RB4/OSC2/CLKOUT RB3/MCLR/VPP RC5/T0CKI RC4 RC3 VSS RB0 RB1 RB2 RC0 RC1 RC2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 Special Microcontroller Features: • In-Circuit Serial Programming (ICSP™) • Power-on Reset (POR) • Device Reset Timer (DRT) • Watchdog Timer (WDT) with dedicated on-chip RC oscillator for reliable operation • Programmable Code Protection • Internal weak pull-ups on I/O pins • Wake-up from Sleep on pin change • Power-saving Sleep mode • Selectable oscillator options: - INTRC: Precision internal 4 MHz oscillator - EXTRC: External low-cost RC oscillator - XT: Standard crystal/resonator - HS: High speed crystal/resonator - LP: Power saving, low frequency crystal CMOS Technology: • Low-power, high-speed CMOS EPROM technology • Fully static design • Wide operating voltage range (2.5V to 5.5V) • Wide temperature ranges - Commercial: 0°C to +70°C - Industrial: -40°C to +85°C - Extended: -40°C to +125°C - < 1.0 A typical standby current @ 5V • Low power consumption - < 2.0 mA @ 5V, 4 MHz - 15 A typical @ 3.0V, 32 kHz for TMR0 running in SLEEP mode - < 1.0 A typical standby current @ 5V PIC16C505 14-Pin, 8-Bit CMOS Microcontroller
  • 2. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 2  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 General Description..................................................................................................................................................................... 3 2.0 PIC16C505 Device Varieties....................................................................................................................................................... 5 3.0 Architectural Overview ................................................................................................................................................................ 7 4.0 Memory Organization ................................................................................................................................................................ 11 5.0 I/O Port ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 19 6.0 Timer0 Module and TMR0 Register .......................................................................................................................................... 23 7.0 Special Features of the CPU..................................................................................................................................................... 27 8.0 Instruction Set Summary ........................................................................................................................................................... 39 9.0 Development Support................................................................................................................................................................ 51 10.0 Electrical Characteristics - PIC16C505 ..................................................................................................................................... 55 11.0 DC and AC Characteristics - PIC16C505.................................................................................................................................. 69 12.0 Packaging Information............................................................................................................................................................... 73 PIC16C505 Product Identification System .......................................................................................................................................... 87 TO OUR VALUED CUSTOMERS It is our intention to provide our valued customers with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your Microchip products. To this end, we will continue to improve our publications to better suit your needs. Our publications will be refined and enhanced as new volumes and updates are introduced. If you have any questions or comments regarding this publication, please contact the Marketing Communications Department via E-mail at [email protected] or fax the Reader Response Form in the back of this data sheet to (480) 792-4150. We welcome your feedback. Most Current Data Sheet To obtain the most up-to-date version of this data sheet, please register at our Worldwide Web site at: http://www.microchip.com You can determine the version of a data sheet by examining its literature number found on the bottom outside corner of any page. The last character of the literature number is the version number, (e.g., DS30000A is version A of document DS30000). Errata An errata sheet, describing minor operational differences from the data sheet and recommended workarounds, may exist for current devices. As device/documentation issues become known to us, we will publish an errata sheet. The errata will specify the revision of silicon and revision of document to which it applies. To determine if an errata sheet exists for a particular device, please check with one of the following: • Microchip’s Worldwide Web site; http://www.microchip.com • Your local Microchip sales office (see last page) When contacting a sales office, please specify which device, revision of silicon and data sheet (include literature number) you are using. Customer Notification System Register on our web site at www.microchip.com to receive the most current information on all of our products.
  • 3.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 3 PIC16C505 1.0 GENERAL DESCRIPTION The PIC16C505 from Microchip Technology is a low- cost, high-performance, 8-bit, fully static, EPROM/ ROM-based CMOS microcontroller. It employs a RISC architecture with only 33 single word/single cycle instructions. All instructions are single cycle (200 s) except for program branches, which take two cycles. The PIC16C505 delivers performance an order of mag- nitude higher than its competitors in the same price cat- egory. The 12-bit wide instructions are highly symmetrical resulting in a typical 2:1 code compression over other 8-bit microcontrollers in its class. The easy to use and easy to remember instruction set reduces development time significantly. The PIC16C505 product is equipped with special fea- tures that reduce system cost and power requirements. The Power-On Reset (POR) and Device Reset Timer (DRT) eliminate the need for external reset circuitry. There are five oscillator configurations to choose from, including INTRC internal oscillator mode and the power-saving LP (Low Power) oscillator mode. Power saving SLEEP mode, Watchdog Timer and code protection features improve system cost, power and reliability. The PIC16C505 is available in the cost-effective One- Time-Programmable (OTP) version, which is suitable for production in any volume. The customer can take full advantage of Microchip’s price leadership in OTP microcontrollers, while benefiting from the OTP’s flexibility. The PIC16C505 product is supported by a full-featured macro assembler, a software simulator, an in-circuit emulator, a ‘C’ compiler, a low-cost development pro- grammer and a full featured programmer. All the tools are supported on IBM PC and compatible machines. 1.1 Applications The PIC16C505 fits in applications ranging from per- sonal care appliances and security systems to low- power remote transmitters/receivers. The EPROM technology makes customizing application programs (transmitter codes, appliance settings, receiver fre- quencies, etc.) extremely fast and convenient. The small footprint packages, for through hole or surface mounting, make this microcontroller perfect for applica- tions with space limitations. Low-cost, low-power, high- performance, ease of use and I/O flexibility make the PIC16C505 very versatile even in areas where no microcontroller use has been considered before (e.g., timer functions, replacement of “glue” logic and PLD’s in larger systems, and coprocessor applications).
  • 4. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 4  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. TABLE 1-1: PIC16C505 DEVICE PIC16C505 Clock Maximum Frequency of Operation (MHz) 20 Memory EPROM Program Memory 1024 Data Memory (bytes) 72 Peripherals Timer Module(s) TMR0 Wake-up from SLEEP on pin change Yes Features I/O Pins 11 Input Pins 1 Internal Pull-ups Yes In-Circuit Serial Programming Yes Number of Instructions 33 Packages 14-pin DIP, SOIC, TSSOP The PIC16C505 device has Power-on Reset, selectable Watchdog Timer, selectable code protect, high I/O current capability and precision internal oscillator. The PIC16C505 device uses serial programming with data pin RB0 and clock pin RB1.
  • 5.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 5 PIC16C505 2.0 PIC16C505 DEVICE VARIETIES A variety of packaging options are available. Depending on application and production requirements, the proper device option can be selected using the information in this section. When placing orders, please use the PIC16C505 Product Identification System at the back of this data sheet to specify the correct part number. 2.1 One-Time-Programmable (OTP) Devices The availability of OTP devices is especially useful for customers who need the flexibility of frequent code updates or small volume applications. The OTP devices, packaged in plastic packages, per- mit the user to program them once. In addition to the program memory, the configuration bits must also be programmed. 2.2 Quick-Turnaround-Production (QTP) Devices Microchip offers a QTP Programming Service for factory production orders. This service is made available for users who choose not to program medium to high quantity units and whose code patterns have stabilized. The devices are identical to the OTP devices but with all EPROM locations and fuse options already programmed by the factory. Certain code and prototype verification procedures do apply before production shipments are available. Please contact your local Microchip Technology sales office for more details. 2.3 Serialized Quick-Turnaround Production (SQTPSM) Devices Microchip offers a unique programming service, where a few user-defined locations in each device are programmed with different serial numbers. The serial numbers may be random, pseudo-random or sequential. Serial programming allows each device to have a unique number, which can serve as an entry-code, password or ID number.
  • 6. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 6  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. NOTES:
  • 7.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 7 PIC16C505 3.0 ARCHITECTURAL OVERVIEW The high performance of the PIC16C505 can be attributed to a number of architectural features commonly found in RISC microprocessors. To begin with, the PIC16C505 uses a Harvard architecture in which program and data are accessed on separate buses. This improves bandwidth over traditional von Neumann architecture where program and data are fetched on the same bus. Separating program and data memory further allows instructions to be sized differently than the 8-bit wide data word. Instruction opcodes are 12 bits wide, making it possible to have all single word instructions. A 12-bit wide program memory access bus fetches a 12-bit instruction in a single cycle. A two-stage pipeline overlaps fetch and execution of instructions. Consequently, all instructions (33) execute in a single cycle (200ns @ 20MHz) except for program branches. The Table below lists program memory (EPROM) and data memory (RAM) for the PIC16C505. The PIC16C505 can directly or indirectly address its register files and data memory. All special function registers, including the program counter, are mapped in the data memory. The PIC16C505 has a highly orthogonal (symmetrical) instruction set that makes it possible to carry out any operation on any register using any addressing mode. This symmetrical nature and lack of ‘special optimal situations’ make programming with the PIC16C505 simple yet efficient. In addition, the learning curve is reduced significantly. Device Memory Program Data PIC16C505 1024 x 12 72 x 8 The PIC16C505 device contains an 8-bit ALU and working register. The ALU is a general purpose arithmetic unit. It performs arithmetic and Boolean functions between data in the working register and any register file. The ALU is 8-bits wide and capable of addition, subtraction, shift and logical operations. Unless otherwise mentioned, arithmetic operations are two's complement in nature. In two-operand instructions, one operand is typically the W (working) register. The other operand is either a file register or an immediate constant. In single operand instructions, the operand is either the W register or a file register. The W register is an 8-bit working register used for ALU operations. It is not an addressable register. Depending on the instruction executed, the ALU may affect the values of the Carry (C), Digit Carry (DC), and Zero (Z) bits in the STATUS register. The C and DC bits operate as a borrow and digit borrow out bit, respectively, in subtraction. See the SUBWF and ADDWF instructions for examples. A simplified block diagram is shown in Figure 3-1, with the corresponding device pins described in Table 3-1.
  • 8. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 8  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. FIGURE 3-1: PIC16C505 BLOCK DIAGRAM Device Reset Timer Power-on Reset Watchdog Timer EPROM Program Memory 12 Data Bus 8 12Program Bus Instruction reg Program Counter RAM File Registers Direct Addr 5 RAM Addr 9 Addr MUX Indirect Addr FSR reg STATUS reg MUX ALU W reg Instruction Decode & Control Timing Generation OSC1/CLKIN OSC2 MCLR VDD, VSS Timer0 PORTB 8 8 RB4/OSC2/CLKOUT RB3/MCLR/VPP RB2 RB1 RB0 5-7 3 RB5/OSC1/CLKIN STACK1 STACK2 1K x 12 72 bytes Internal RC OSC PORTC RC4 RC3 RC2 RC1 RC0 RC5/T0CKI
  • 9.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 9 PIC16C505 TABLE 3-1: PIC16C505 PINOUT DESCRIPTION Name DIP Pin # SOIC Pin # I/O/P Type Buffer Type Description RB0 13 13 I/O TTL/ST Bi-directional I/O port/ serial programming data. Can be software programmed for internal weak pull-up and wake-up from SLEEP on pin change. This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when used in serial programming mode. RB1 12 12 I/O TTL/ST Bi-directional I/O port/ serial programming clock. Can be software programmed for internal weak pull-up and wake-up from SLEEP on pin change. This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when used in serial programming mode. RB2 11 11 I/O TTL Bi-directional I/O port. RB3/MCLR/VPP 4 4 I TTL/ST Input port/master clear (reset) input/programming volt- age input. When configured as MCLR, this pin is an active low reset to the device. Voltage on MCLR/VPP must not exceed VDD during normal device operation. Can be software programmed for internal weak pull-up and wake-up from SLEEP on pin change. Weak pull- up only when configured as RB3. ST when configured as MCLR. RB4/OSC2/CLKOUT 3 3 I/O TTL Bi-directional I/O port/oscillator crystal output. Con- nections to crystal or resonator in crystal oscillator mode (XT and LP modes only, RB4 in other modes). Can be software programmed for internal weak pull-up and wake-up from SLEEP on pin change. In EXTRC and INTRC modes, the pin output can be configured to CLKOUT, which has 1/4 the frequency of OSC1 and denotes the instruction cycle rate. RB5/OSC1/CLKIN 2 2 I/O TTL/ST Bidirectional IO port/oscillator crystal input/external clock source input (RB5 in Internal RC mode only, OSC1 in all other oscillator modes). TTL input when RB5, ST input in external RC oscillator mode. RC0 10 10 I/O TTL Bi-directional I/O port. RC1 9 9 I/O TTL Bi-directional I/O port. RC2 8 8 I/O TTL Bi-directional I/O port. RC3 7 7 I/O TTL Bi-directional I/O port. RC4 6 6 I/O TTL Bi-directional I/O port. RC5/T0CKI 5 5 I/O ST Bi-directional I/O port. Can be configured as T0CKI. VDD 1 1 P — Positive supply for logic and I/O pins VSS 14 14 P — Ground reference for logic and I/O pins Legend: I = input, O = output, I/O = input/output, P = power, — = not used, TTL = TTL input, ST = Schmitt Trigger input
  • 10. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 10  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. 3.1 Clocking Scheme/Instruction Cycle The clock input (OSC1/CLKIN pin) is internally divided by four to generate four non-overlapping quadrature clocks namely Q1, Q2, Q3 and Q4. Internally, the program counter is incremented every Q1, and the instruction is fetched from program memory and latched into the instruction register in Q4. It is decoded and executed during the following Q1 through Q4. The clocks and instruction execution flow is shown in Figure 3-2 and Example 3-1. 3.2 Instruction Flow/Pipelining An Instruction cycle consists of four Q cycles (Q1, Q2, Q3 and Q4). The instruction fetch and execute are pipelined such that fetch takes one instruction cycle, while decode and execute takes another instruction cycle. However, due to the pipelining, each instruction effectively executes in one cycle. If an instruction causes the program counter to change (e.g., GOTO) then two cycles are required to complete the instruction (Example 3-1). A fetch cycle begins with the program counter (PC) incrementing in Q1. In the execution cycle, the fetched instruction is latched into the Instruction Register (IR) in cycle Q1. This instruction is then decoded and executed during the Q2, Q3 and Q4 cycles. Data memory is read during Q2 (operand read) and written during Q4 (destination write). FIGURE 3-2: CLOCK/INSTRUCTION CYCLE EXAMPLE 3-1: INSTRUCTION PIPELINE FLOW Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 OSC1 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 PC PC PC+1 PC+2 Fetch INST (PC) Execute INST (PC-1) Fetch INST (PC+1) Execute INST (PC) Fetch INST (PC+2) Execute INST (PC+1) Internal phase clock All instructions are single cycle, except for any program branches. These take two cycles, since the fetch instruction is “flushed” from the pipeline, while the new instruction is being fetched and then executed. 1. MOVLW 03H Fetch 1 Execute 1 2. MOVWF PORTB Fetch 2 Execute 2 3. CALL SUB_1 Fetch 3 Execute 3 4. BSF PORTB, BIT1 Fetch 4 Flush Fetch SUB_1 Execute SUB_1
  • 11.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 11 PIC16C505 4.0 MEMORY ORGANIZATION PIC16C505 memory is organized into program mem- ory and data memory. For the PIC16C505, a paging scheme is used. Program memory pages are accessed using one STATUS register bit. Data mem- ory banks are accessed using the File Select Register (FSR). 4.1 Program Memory Organization The PIC16C505 devices have a 12-bit Program Counter (PC). The 1K x 12 (0000h-03FFh) for the PIC16C505 are physically implemented. Refer to Figure 4-1. Accessing a location above this boundary will cause a wrap-around within the first 1K x 12 space. The effective reset vector is at 0000h, (see Figure 4-1). Location 03FFh contains the internal clock oscillator calibration value. This value should never be overwritten. FIGURE 4-1: PROGRAM MEMORY MAP AND STACK FOR THE PIC16C505 CALL, RETLW PC<11:0> Stack Level 1 Stack Level 2 UserMemory Space 12 0000h 7FFh 01FFh 0200h Reset Vector (note 1) Note 1: Address 0000h becomes the effective reset vector. Location 03FFh contains the MOVLW XX INTERNAL RC oscillator calibration value. 1024 Words 03FFh 0400h On-chip Program Memory
  • 12. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 12  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. 4.2 Data Memory Organization Data memory is composed of registers or bytes of RAM. Therefore, data memory for a device is specified by its register file. The register file is divided into two functional groups: Special Function Registers and General Purpose Registers. The Special Function Registers include the TMR0 register, the Program Counter (PCL), the Status Register, the I/O registers (ports) and the File Select Register (FSR). In addition, Special Function Registers are used to control the I/O port configuration and prescaler options. The General Purpose Registers are used for data and control information under command of the instructions. For the PIC16C505, the register file is composed of 8 Special Function Registers, 24 General Purpose Registers and 48 General Purpose Registers that may be addressed using a banking scheme (Figure 4-2). 4.2.1 GENERAL PURPOSE REGISTER FILE The General Purpose Register file is accessed, either directly or indirectly, through the File Select Register FSR (Section 4.8). FIGURE 4-2: PIC16C505 REGISTER FILE MAP File Address 00h 01h 02h 03h 04h 05h 06h 07h 1Fh INDF(1) TMR0 PCL STATUS FSR OSCCAL PORTB 0Fh 10h Bank 0 Bank 1 3Fh 30h 20h 2Fh General Purpose Registers General Purpose Registers General Purpose Registers Addresses map back to addresses in Bank 0. Note 1: Not a physical register. FSR<6:5> 00 01 Bank 3 7Fh 70h 60h 6Fh General Purpose Registers 11 Bank 2 5Fh 50h 40h 4Fh General Purpose Registers 10 08h PORTC
  • 13.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 13 PIC16C505 4.2.2 SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTERS The Special Function Registers (SFRs) are registers used by the CPU and peripheral functions to control the operation of the device (Table 4-1). The Special Function Registers can be classified into two sets. The Special Function Registers associated with the “core” functions are described in this section. Those related to the operation of the peripheral features are described in the section for each peripheral feature. TABLE 4-1: SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER (SFR) SUMMARY Address Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on Power-On Reset Value on All Other Resets(2) 00h INDF Uses contents of FSR to address data memory (not a physical register) xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 01h TMR0 8-bit real-time clock/counter xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 02h(1) PCL Low order 8 bits of PC 1111 1111 1111 1111 03h STATUS RBWUF — PAO TO PD Z DC C 0001 1xxx q00q quuu(1) 04h FSR Indirect data memory address pointer 110x xxxx 11uu uuuu 05h OSCCAL CAL5 CAL4 CAL3 CAL2 CAL1 CAL0 — — 1000 00-- uuuu uu-- N/A TRISB — — I/O control registers --11 1111 --11 1111 N/A TRISC — — I/O control registers --11 1111 --11 1111 N/A OPTION RBWU RBPU TOCS TOSE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 1111 1111 1111 1111 06h PORTB — — RB5 RB4 RB3 RB2 RB1 RB0 --xx xxxx --uu uuuu 07h PORTC — — RC5 RC4 RC3 RC2 RC1 RC0 --xx xxxx --uu uuuu Legend: Shaded cells not used by Port Registers, read as ‘0’, — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’, x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = depends on condition. Note 1: If reset was due to wake-up on pin change, then bit 7 = 1. All other rests will cause bit 7 = 0. Note 2: Other (non-power-up) resets include external reset through MCLR, watchdog timer and wake-up on pin change reset.
  • 14. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 14  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. 4.3 STATUS Register This register contains the arithmetic status of the ALU, the RESET status and the page preselect bit. The STATUS register can be the destination for any instruction, as with any other register. If the STATUS register is the destination for an instruction that affects the Z, DC or C bits, then the write to these three bits is disabled. These bits are set or cleared according to the device logic. Furthermore, the TO and PD bits are not writable. Therefore, the result of an instruction with the STATUS register as destination may be different than intended. For example, CLRF STATUS will clear the upper three bits and set the Z bit. This leaves the STATUS register as 000u u1uu (where u = unchanged). It is recommended, therefore, that only BCF, BSF and MOVWF instructions be used to alter the STATUS register, because these instructions do not affect the Z, DC or C bits from the STATUS register. For other instructions, which do affect STATUS bits, see Instruction Set Summary. REGISTER 4-1: STATUS REGISTER (ADDRESS:03h) R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R-1 R-1 R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x RBWUF — PA0 TO PD Z DC C R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ - n = Value at POR reset bit7 6 5 4 3 2 1 bit0 bit 7: RBWUF: I/O reset bit 1 = Reset due to wake-up from SLEEP on pin change 0 = After power up or other reset bit 6: Unimplemented bit 5: PA0: Program page preselect bits 1 = Page 1 (200h - 3FFh) 0 = Page 0 (000h - 1FFh) Each page is 512 bytes. Using the PA0 bit as a general purpose read/write bit in devices which do not use it for program page preselect is not recommended, since this may affect upward compatibility with future products. bit 4: TO: Time-out bit 1 = After power-up, CLRWDT instruction, or SLEEP instruction 0 = A WDT time-out occurred bit 3: PD: Power-down bit 1 = After power-up or by the CLRWDT instruction 0 = By execution of the SLEEP instruction bit 2: Z: Zero bit 1 = The result of an arithmetic or logic operation is zero 0 = The result of an arithmetic or logic operation is not zero bit 1: DC: Digit carry/borrow bit (for ADDWF and SUBWF instructions) ADDWF 1 = A carry from the 4th low order bit of the result occurred 0 = A carry from the 4th low order bit of the result did not occur SUBWF 1 = A borrow from the 4th low order bit of the result did not occur 0 = A borrow from the 4th low order bit of the result occurred bit 0: C: Carry/borrow bit (for ADDWF, SUBWF and RRF, RLF instructions) ADDWF SUBWF RRF or RLF 1 = A carry occurred 1 = A borrow did not occur Load bit with LSB or MSB, respectively 0 = A carry did not occur 0 = A borrow occurred
  • 15.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 15 PIC16C505 4.4 OPTION Register The OPTION register is a 8-bit wide, write-only register, which contains various control bits to configure the Timer0/WDT prescaler and Timer0. By executing the OPTION instruction, the contents of the W register will be transferred to the OPTION register. A RESET sets the OPTION<7:0> bits. Note: If TRIS bit is set to ‘0’, the wake-up on change and pull-up functions are disabled for that pin (i.e., note that TRIS overrides OPTION control of RBPU and RBWU). REGISTER 4-2: OPTION REGISTER W-1 W-1 W-1 W-1 W-1 W-1 W-1 W-1 RBWU RBPU T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ - n = Value at POR reset bit7 6 5 4 3 2 1 bit0 bit 7: RBWU: Enable wake-up on pin change (RB0, RB1, RB3, RB4) 1 = Disabled 0 = Enabled bit 6: RBPU: Enable weak pull-ups (RB0, RB1, RB3, RB4) 1 = Disabled 0 = Enabled bit 5: T0CS: Timer0 clock source select bit 1 = Transition on T0CKI pin (overrides TRIS <RC57> 0 = Transition on internal instruction cycle clock, Fosc/4 bit 4: T0SE: Timer0 source edge select bit 1 = Increment on high to low transition on the T0CKI pin 0 = Increment on low to high transition on the T0CKI pin bit 3: PSA: Prescaler assignment bit 1 = Prescaler assigned to the WDT 0 = Prescaler assigned to Timer0 bit 2-0: PS<2:0>: Prescaler rate select bits 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 1 : 2 1 : 4 1 : 8 1 : 16 1 : 32 1 : 64 1 : 128 1 : 256 1 : 1 1 : 2 1 : 4 1 : 8 1 : 16 1 : 32 1 : 64 1 : 128 Bit Value Timer0 Rate WDT Rate
  • 16. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 16  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. 4.5 OSCCAL Register The Oscillator Calibration (OSCCAL) register is used to calibrate the internal 4 MHz oscillator. It contains six bits for calibration After you move in the calibration constant, do not change the value. See Section 7.2.5 Note: Please note that erasing the device will also erase the pre-programmed internal calibration value for the internal oscillator. The calibration value must be read prior to erasing the part, so it can be repro- grammed correctly later. REGISTER 4-3: OSCCAL REGISTER (ADDRESS 05h) PIC16C505 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 CAL5 CAL4 CAL3 CAL2 CAL1 CAL0 — — R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ - n = Value at POR reset bit7 bit0 bit 7-2: CAL<5:0>: Calibration bit 1-0: Unimplemented read as ‘0’
  • 17.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 17 PIC16C505 4.6 Program Counter As a program instruction is executed, the Program Counter (PC) will contain the address of the next program instruction to be executed. The PC value is increased by one every instruction cycle, unless an instruction changes the PC. For a GOTO instruction, bits 8:0 of the PC are provided by the GOTO instruction word. The PC Latch (PCL) is mapped to PC<7:0>. Bit 5 of the STATUS register provides page information to bit 9 of the PC (Figure 4-3). For a CALL instruction, or any instruction where the PCL is the destination, bits 7:0 of the PC again are provided by the instruction word. However, PC<8> does not come from the instruction word, but is always cleared (Figure 4-3). Instructions where the PCL is the destination, or Modify PCL instructions, include MOVWF PC, ADDWF PC, and BSF PC,5. FIGURE 4-3: LOADING OF PC BRANCH INSTRUCTIONS - PIC16C505 Note: Because PC<8> is cleared in the CALL instruction or any Modify PCL instruction, all subroutine calls or computed jumps are limited to the first 256 locations of any pro- gram memory page (512 words long). PA0 STATUS PC 8 7 0 PCL 910 Instruction Word 7 0 GOTO Instruction CALL or Modify PCL Instruction 11 PA0 STATUS PC 8 7 0 PCL 910 Instruction Word 7 0 11 Reset to ‘0’ 4.6.1 EFFECTS OF RESET The Program Counter is set upon a RESET, which means that the PC addresses the last location in the last page (i.e., the oscillator calibration instruction.) After executing MOVLW XX, the PC will roll over to location 00h and begin executing user code. The STATUS register page preselect bits are cleared upon a RESET, which means that page 0 is pre- selected. Therefore, upon a RESET, a GOTO instruction will automatically cause the program to jump to page 0 until the value of the page bits is altered. 4.7 Stack PIC16C505 devices have a 12-bit wide hardware push/pop stack. A CALL instruction will push the current value of stack 1 into stack 2 and then push the current program counter value, incremented by one, into stack level 1. If more than two sequential CALL’s are executed, only the most recent two return addresses are stored. A RETLW instruction will pop the contents of stack level 1 into the program counter and then copy stack level 2 contents into level 1. If more than two sequential RETLW’s are executed, the stack will be filled with the address previously stored in level 2. Note that the W register will be loaded with the literal value specified in the instruction. This is particularly useful for the implementation of data look-up tables within the program memory. Note 1: There are no STATUS bits to indicate stack overflows or stack underflow condi- tions. Note 2: There are no instructions mnemonics called PUSH or POP. These are actions that occur from the execution of the CALL, RETLW, and instructions.
  • 18. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 18  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. 4.8 Indirect Data Addressing; INDF and FSR Registers The INDF register is not a physical register. Addressing INDF actually addresses the register whose address is contained in the FSR register (FSR is a pointer). This is indirect addressing. EXAMPLE 4-1: INDIRECT ADDRESSING • Register file 07 contains the value 10h • Register file 08 contains the value 0Ah • Load the value 07 into the FSR register • A read of the INDF register will return the value of 10h • Increment the value of the FSR register by one (FSR = 08) • A read of the INDR register now will return the value of 0Ah. Reading INDF itself indirectly (FSR = 0) will produce 00h. Writing to the INDF register indirectly results in a no-operation (although STATUS bits may be affected). A simple program to clear RAM locations 10h-1Fh using indirect addressing is shown in Example 4-2. EXAMPLE 4-2: HOW TO CLEAR RAM USING INDIRECT ADDRESSING movlw 0x10 ;initialize pointer movwf FSR ; to RAM NEXT clrf INDF ;clear INDF register incf FSR,F ;inc pointer btfsc FSR,4 ;all done? goto NEXT ;NO, clear next CONTINUE : ;YES, continue : The FSR is a 5-bit wide register. It is used in conjunction with the INDF register to indirectly address the data memory area. The FSR<4:0> bits are used to select data memory addresses 00h to 1Fh. The device uses FSR<6:5> to select between banks 0:3. FIGURE 4-4: DIRECT/INDIRECT ADDRESSING Note 1: For register map detail see Section 4.2. Direct Addressing (FSR) 6 5 4 (opcode) 0 bank select location select 00 01 10 11 00h 0Fh 10h Data Memory(1) 1Fh 3Fh 5Fh 7Fh Bank 0 Bank 1 Bank 2 Bank 3 Addresses map back to addresses in Bank 0. Indirect Addressing 6 5 4 (FSR) 0 bank location select
  • 19.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 19 PIC16C505 5.0 I/O PORT As with any other register, the I/O register can be written and read under program control. However, read instructions (e.g., MOVF PORTB,W) always read the I/O pins independent of the pin’s input/output modes. On RESET, all I/O ports are defined as input (inputs are at hi-impedance) since the I/O control registers are all set. 5.1 PORTB PORTB is an 8-bit I/O register. Only the low order 6 bits are used (RB<5:0>). Bits 7 and 6 are unimplemented and read as '0's. Please note that RB3 is an input only pin. The configuration word can set several I/O’s to alternate functions. When acting as alternate functions, the pins will read as ‘0’ during port read. Pins RB0, RB1, RB3 and RB4 can be configured with weak pull-ups and also with wake-up on change. The wake-up on change and weak pull-up functions are not pin selectable. If pin 4 is configured as MCLR, weak pull-up is always off and wake-up on change for this pin is not enabled. 5.2 PORTC PORTC is an 8-bit I/O register. Only the low order 6 bits are used (RC<5:0>). Bits 7 and 6 are unimplemented and read as ‘0’s. 5.3 TRIS Registers The output driver control register is loaded with the contents of the W register by executing the TRIS f instruction. A '1' from a TRIS register bit puts the corresponding output driver in a hi-impedance mode. A '0' puts the contents of the output data latch on the selected pins, enabling the output buffer. The exceptions are RB3, which is input only, and RC5, which may be controlled by the option register. See Register 4-2. The TRIS registers are “write-only” and are set (output drivers disabled) upon RESET. Note: A read of the ports reads the pins, not the output data latches. That is, if an output driver on a pin is enabled and driven high, but the external system is holding it low, a read of the port will indicate that the pin is low. 5.4 I/O Interfacing The equivalent circuit for an I/O port pin is shown in Figure 5-1. All port pins except RB3, which is input only, may be used for both input and output operations. For input operations, these ports are non-latching. Any input must be present until read by an input instruction (e.g., MOVF PORTB,W). The outputs are latched and remain unchanged until the output latch is rewritten. To use a port pin as output, the corresponding direction control bit in TRIS must be cleared (= 0). For use as an input, the corresponding TRIS bit must be set. Any I/O pin (except RB3) can be programmed individually as input or output. FIGURE 5-1: EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT FOR A SINGLE I/O PIN Data Bus QD QCK QD QCK P N WR Port TRIS ‘f’ Data TRIS RD Port VSS VDD I/O pin(1) W Reg Latch Latch Reset Note 1: I/O pins have protection diodes to VDD and VSS. Note 2: See Table 3-1 for buffer type. (2)
  • 20. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 20  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. TABLE 5-1: SUMMARY OF PORT REGISTERS Address Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on Power-On Reset Value on All Other Resets N/A TRISB — — I/O control registers --11 1111 --11 1111 N/A TRISC — — I/O control registers --11 1111 --11 1111 N/A OPTION RBWU RBPU TOCS TOSE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 1111 1111 1111 1111 03h STATUS RBWUF — PAO TO PD Z DC C 0001 1xxx q00q quuu(1) 06h PORTB — — RB5 RB4 RB3 RB2 RB1 RB0 --xx xxxx --uu uuuu 07h PORTC — — RC5 RC4 RC3 RC2 RC1 RC0 --xx xxxx --uu uuuu Legend: Shaded cells not used by Port Registers, read as ‘0’, — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’, x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = depends on condition. Note 1: If reset was due to wake-up on pin change, then bit 7 = 1. All other rests will cause bit 7 = 0. 5.5 I/O Programming Considerations 5.5.1 BI-DIRECTIONAL I/O PORTS Some instructions operate internally as read followed by write operations. The BCF and BSF instructions, for example, read the entire port into the CPU, execute the bit operation and re-write the result. Caution must be used when these instructions are applied to a port where one or more pins are used as input/outputs. For example, a BSF operation on bit5 of PORTB will cause all eight bits of PORTB to be read into the CPU, bit5 to be set and the PORTB value to be written to the output latches. If another bit of PORTB is used as a bi- directional I/O pin (say bit0) and it is defined as an input at this time, the input signal present on the pin itself would be read into the CPU and rewritten to the data latch of this particular pin, overwriting the previous content. As long as the pin stays in the input mode, no problem occurs. However, if bit0 is switched into output mode later on, the content of the data latch may now be unknown. Example 5-1 shows the effect of two sequential read- modify-write instructions (e.g., BCF, BSF, etc.) on an I/O port. A pin actively outputting a high or a low should not be driven from external devices at the same time in order to change the level on this pin (“wired-or”, “wired- and”). The resulting high output currents may damage the chip. EXAMPLE 5-1: READ-MODIFY-WRITE INSTRUCTIONS ON AN I/O PORT ;Initial PORTB Settings ; PORTB<5:3> Inputs ; PORTB<2:0> Outputs ; ; PORTB latch PORTB pins ; ---------- ---------- BCF PORTB, 5 ;--01 -ppp --11 pppp BCF PORTB, 4 ;--10 -ppp --11 pppp MOVLW 007h ; TRIS PORTB ;--10 -ppp --11 pppp ; ;Note that the user may have expected the pin ;values to be --00 pppp. The 2nd BCF caused ;RB5 to be latched as the pin value (High). 5.5.2 SUCCESSIVE OPERATIONS ON I/O PORTS The actual write to an I/O port happens at the end of an instruction cycle, whereas for reading, the data must be valid at the beginning of the instruction cycle (Figure 5-2). Therefore, care must be exercised if a write followed by a read operation is carried out on the same I/O port. The sequence of instructions should allow the pin voltage to stabilize (load dependent) before the next instruction causes that file to be read into the CPU. Otherwise, the previous state of that pin may be read into the CPU rather than the new state. When in doubt, it is better to separate these instructions with a NOP or another instruction not accessing this I/O port.
  • 21.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 21 PIC16C505 FIGURE 5-2: SUCCESSIVE I/O OPERATION PC PC + 1 PC + 2 PC + 3 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Instruction fetched RB<5:0> MOVWF PORTB NOP Port pin sampled here NOPMOVF PORTB,W Instruction executed MOVWF PORTB (Write to PORTB) NOPMOVF PORTB,W This example shows a write to PORTB followed by a read from PORTB. Data setup time = (0.25 TCY – TPD) where: TCY = instruction cycle. TPD = propagation delay Therefore, at higher clock frequencies, a write followed by a read may be problematic. (Read PORTB) Port pin written here
  • 22. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 22  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. NOTES:
  • 23.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 23 PIC16C505 6.0 TIMER0 MODULE AND TMR0 REGISTER The Timer0 module has the following features: • 8-bit timer/counter register, TMR0 - Readable and writable • 8-bit software programmable prescaler • Internal or external clock select - Edge select for external clock Figure 6-1 is a simplified block diagram of the Timer0 module. Timer mode is selected by clearing the T0CS bit (OPTION<5>). In timer mode, the Timer0 module will increment every instruction cycle (without prescaler). If TMR0 register is written, the increment is inhibited for the following two cycles (Figure 6-2 and Figure 6-3). The user can work around this by writing an adjusted value to the TMR0 register. Counter mode is selected by setting the T0CS bit (OPTION<5>). In this mode, Timer0 will increment either on every rising or falling edge of pin T0CKI. The T0SE bit (OPTION<4>) determines the source edge. Clearing the T0SE bit selects the rising edge. Restrictions on the external clock input are discussed in detail in Section 6.1. The prescaler may be used by either the Timer0 module or the Watchdog Timer, but not both. The prescaler assignment is controlled in software by the control bit PSA (OPTION<3>). Clearing the PSA bit will assign the prescaler to Timer0. The prescaler is not readable or writable. When the prescaler is assigned to the Timer0 module, prescale values of 1:2, 1:4,..., 1:256 are selectable. Section 6.2 details the operation of the prescaler. A summary of registers associated with the Timer0 module is found in Table 6-1. FIGURE 6-1: TIMER0 BLOCK DIAGRAM Note 1: Bits T0CS, T0SE, PSA, PS2, PS1 and PS0 are located in the OPTION register. 2: The prescaler is shared with the Watchdog Timer (Figure 6-5). 0 1 1 0 T0CS(1) FOSC/4 Programmable Prescaler(2) Sync with Internal Clocks TMR0 reg PSout (2 TCY delay) PSout Data Bus 8 PSA(1) PS2, PS1, PS0(1) 3 Sync T0SE RC5/T0CKI Pin
  • 24. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 24  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. FIGURE 6-2: TIMER0 TIMING: INTERNAL CLOCK/NO PRESCALE FIGURE 6-3: TIMER0 TIMING: INTERNAL CLOCK/PRESCALE 1:2 TABLE 6-1: REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER0 Address Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on Power-On Reset Value on All Other Resets 01h TMR0 Timer0 - 8-bit real-time clock/counter xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu N/A OPTION RBWU RBPU T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 1111 1111 1111 1111 N/A TRISC — — RC5 RC4 RC3 RC2 RC1 RC0 --11 1111 --11 1111 Legend: Shaded cells not used by Timer0, - = unimplemented, x = unknown, u = unchanged. PC-1 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4PC (Program Counter) Instruction Fetch Timer0 PC PC+1 PC+2 PC+3 PC+4 PC+5 PC+6 T0 T0+1 T0+2 NT0 NT0+1 NT0+2 MOVWF TMR0 MOVF TMR0,W MOVF TMR0,W MOVF TMR0,W MOVF TMR0,W MOVF TMR0,W Write TMR0 executed Read TMR0 reads NT0 Read TMR0 reads NT0 Read TMR0 reads NT0 Read TMR0 reads NT0 + 1 Read TMR0 reads NT0 + 2 Instruction Executed PC-1 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4PC (Program Counter) Instruction Fetch Timer0 PC PC+1 PC+2 PC+3 PC+4 PC+5 PC+6 T0 NT0+1 MOVWF TMR0 MOVF TMR0,W MOVF TMR0,W MOVF TMR0,W MOVF TMR0,W MOVF TMR0,W Write TMR0 executed Read TMR0 reads NT0 Read TMR0 reads NT0 Read TMR0 reads NT0 Read TMR0 reads NT0 Read TMR0 reads NT0 + 1 T0+1 NT0 Instruction Execute T0
  • 25.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 25 PIC16C505 6.1 Using Timer0 with an External Clock When an external clock input is used for Timer0, it must meet certain requirements. The external clock requirement is due to internal phase clock (TOSC) synchronization. Also, there is a delay in the actual incrementing of Timer0 after synchronization. 6.1.1 EXTERNAL CLOCK SYNCHRONIZATION When no prescaler is used, the external clock input is the same as the prescaler output. The synchronization of T0CKI with the internal phase clocks is accomplished by sampling the prescaler output on the Q2 and Q4 cycles of the internal phase clocks (Figure 6-4). Therefore, it is necessary for T0CKI to be high for at least 2TOSC (and a small RC delay of 20 ns) and low for at least 2TOSC (and a small RC delay of 20 ns). Refer to the electrical specification of the desired device. When a prescaler is used, the external clock input is divided by the asynchronous ripple counter-type prescaler, so that the prescaler output is symmetrical. For the external clock to meet the sampling requirement, the ripple counter must be taken into account. Therefore, it is necessary for T0CKI to have a period of at least 4TOSC (and a small RC delay of 40 ns) divided by the prescaler value. The only requirement on T0CKI high and low time is that they do not violate the minimum pulse width requirement of 10 ns. Refer to parameters 40, 41 and 42 in the electrical specification of the desired device. 6.1.2 TIMER0 INCREMENT DELAY Since the prescaler output is synchronized with the internal clocks, there is a small delay from the time the external clock edge occurs to the time the Timer0 module is actually incremented. Figure 6-4 shows the delay from the external clock edge to the timer incrementing. FIGURE 6-4: TIMER0 TIMING WITH EXTERNAL CLOCK Increment Timer0 (Q4) External Clock Input or Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Timer0 T0 T0 + 1 T0 + 2 Small pulse misses sampling External Clock/Prescaler Output After Sampling (3) Note 1: 2: 3: Delay from clock input change to Timer0 increment is 3Tosc to 7Tosc. (Duration of Q = Tosc). Therefore, the error in measuring the interval between two edges on Timer0 input =  4Tosc max. External clock if no prescaler selected; prescaler output otherwise. The arrows indicate the points in time where sampling occurs. Prescaler Output (2) (1)
  • 26. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 26  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. 6.2 Prescaler An 8-bit counter is available as a prescaler for the Timer0 module or as a postscaler for the Watchdog Timer (WDT), respectively (Section 7.6). For simplicity, this counter is being referred to as “prescaler” throughout this data sheet. Note that the prescaler may be used by either the Timer0 module or the WDT, but not both. Thus, a prescaler assignment for the Timer0 module means that there is no prescaler for the WDT, and vice-versa. The PSA and PS<2:0> bits (OPTION<3:0>) determine prescaler assignment and prescale ratio. When assigned to the Timer0 module, all instructions writing to the TMR0 register (e.g., CLRF 1, MOVWF 1, BSF 1,x, etc.) will clear the prescaler. When assigned to WDT, a CLRWDT instruction will clear the prescaler along with the WDT. The prescaler is neither readable nor writable. On a RESET, the prescaler contains all '0's. 6.2.1 SWITCHING PRESCALER ASSIGNMENT The prescaler assignment is fully under software control (i.e., it can be changed “on-the-fly” during program execution). To avoid an unintended device RESET, the following instruction sequence (Example 6-1) must be executed when changing the prescaler assignment from Timer0 to the WDT. EXAMPLE 6-1: CHANGING PRESCALER (TIMER0WDT) 1.CLRWDT ;Clear WDT 2.CLRF TMR0 ;Clear TMR0 & Prescaler 3.MOVLW '00xx1111’b ;These 3 lines (5, 6, 7) 4.OPTION ; are required only if ; desired 5.CLRWDT ;PS<2:0> are 000 or 001 6.MOVLW '00xx1xxx’b ;Set Postscaler to 7.OPTION ; desired WDT rate To change prescaler from the WDT to the Timer0 module, use the sequence shown in Example 6-2. This sequence must be used even if the WDT is disabled. A CLRWDT instruction should be executed before switching the prescaler. EXAMPLE 6-2: CHANGING PRESCALER (WDTTIMER0) CLRWDT ;Clear WDT and ;prescaler MOVLW 'xxxx0xxx' ;Select TMR0, new ;prescale value and ;clock source OPTION FIGURE 6-5: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF THE TIMER0/WDT PRESCALER TCY ( = Fosc/4) Sync 2 Cycles TMR0 reg 8-bit Prescaler 8 - to - 1MUX M MUX Watchdog Timer PSA 0 1 0 1 WDT Time-Out PS<2:0> 8 Note: T0CS, T0SE, PSA, PS<2:0> are bits in the OPTION register. PSA WDT Enable bit 0 1 0 1 Data Bus 8 PSA T0CS M U X M U X U X T0SE RC5/T0CKI Pin
  • 27.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 27 PIC16C505 7.0 SPECIAL FEATURES OF THE CPU What sets a microcontroller apart from other processors are special circuits to deal with the needs of real-time applications. The PIC16C505 microcontroller has a host of such features intended to maximize system reliability, minimize cost through elimination of external components, provide power saving operating modes and offer code protection. These features are: • Oscillator selection • Reset - Power-On Reset (POR) - Device Reset Timer (DRT) - Wake-up from SLEEP on pin change • Watchdog Timer (WDT) • SLEEP • Code protection • ID locations • In-circuit Serial Programming • Clock Out The PIC16C505 has a Watchdog Timer, which can be shut off only through configuration bit WDTE. It runs off of its own RC oscillator for added reliability. If using HS, XT or LP selectable oscillator options, there is always an 18 ms (nominal) delay provided by the Device Reset Timer (DRT), intended to keep the chip in reset until the crystal oscillator is stable. If using INTRC or EXTRC, there is an 18 ms delay only on VDD power-up. With this timer on-chip, most applications need no external reset circuitry. The SLEEP mode is designed to offer a very low current power-down mode. The user can wake-up from SLEEP through a change on input pins or through a Watchdog Timer time-out. Several oscillator options are also made available to allow the part to fit the application, including an internal 4 MHz oscillator. The EXTRC oscillator option saves system cost while the LP crystal option saves power. A set of configuration bits are used to select various options. 7.1 Configuration Bits The PIC16C505 configuration word consists of 12 bits. Configuration bits can be programmed to select various device configurations. Three bits are for the selection of the oscillator type, one bit is the Watchdog Timer enable bit, and one bit is the MCLR enable bit. Seven bits are for code protection (Register 7-1). REGISTER 7-1: CONFIGURATION WORD FOR PIC16C505 CP CP CP CP CP CP MCLRE CP WDTE FOSC2 FOSC1 FOSC0 Register: CONFIG Address(2) : 0FFFhbit11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 bit0 bit 11-6, 4: CP Code Protection bits (1)(2)(3) bit 5: MCLRE: RB3/MCLR pin function select 1 = RB3/MCLR pin function is MCLR 0 = RB3/MCLR pin function is digital I/O, MCLR internally tied to VDD bit 3: WDTE: Watchdog timer enable bit 1 = WDT enabled 0 = WDT disabled bit 2-0: FOSC<1:0>: Oscillator Selection bits 111 = external RC oscillator/CLKOUT function on RB4/OSC2/CLKOUT pin 110 = external RC oscillator/RB4 function on RB4/OSC2/CLKOUT pin 101 = internal RC oscillator/CLKOUT function on RB4/OSC2/CLKOUT pin 100 = internal RC oscillator/RB4 function on RB4/OSC2/CLKOUT pin 011 = invalid selection 010 = HS oscillator 001 = XT oscillator 000 = LP oscillator Note 1: 03FFh is always uncode protected on the PIC16C505. This location contains the MOVLWxx calibration instruction for the INTRC. 2: Refer to the PIC16C505 Programming Specifications to determine how to access the con- figuration word. This register is not user addressable during device operation. 3: All code protect bits must be written to the same value.
  • 28. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 28  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. 7.2 Oscillator Configurations 7.2.1 OSCILLATOR TYPES The PIC16C505 can be operated in four different oscillator modes. The user can program three configuration bits (FOSC<2:0>) to select one of these four modes: • LP: Low Power Crystal • XT: Crystal/Resonator • HS: High Speed Crystal/Resonator • INTRC: Internal 4 MHz Oscillator • EXTRC: External Resistor/Capacitor 7.2.2 CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR / CERAMIC RESONATORS In HS, XT or LP modes, a crystal or ceramic resonator is connected to the RB5/OSC1/CLKIN and RB4/ OSC2/CLKOUT pins to establish oscillation (Figure 7-1). The PIC16C505 oscillator design requires the use of a parallel cut crystal. Use of a series cut crystal may give a frequency out of the crystal manufacturers specifications. When in HS, XT or LP modes, the device can have an external clock source drive the RB5/OSC1/CLKIN pin (Figure 7-2). FIGURE 7-1: CRYSTAL OPERATION (OR CERAMIC RESONATOR) (HS, XT OR LP OSC CONFIGURATION) FIGURE 7-2: EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUT OPERATION (HS, XT OR LP OSC CONFIGURATION) Note 1: See Capacitor Selection tables for recommended values of C1 and C2. 2: A series resistor (RS) may be required for AT strip cut crystals. 3: RF approx. value = 10 M. C1(1) C2(1) XTAL OSC2 OSC1 RF(3) SLEEP To internal logic RS(2) PIC16C505 Clock from ext. system OSC1 OSC2 PIC16C505 Open TABLE 7-1: CAPACITOR SELECTION FOR CERAMIC RESONATORS - PIC16C505 TABLE 7-2: CAPACITOR SELECTION FOR CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR - PIC16C505 Osc Type Resonator Freq Cap. Range C1 Cap. Range C2 XT 4.0 MHz 30 pF 30 pF HS 16 MHz 10-47 pF 10-47 pF These values are for design guidance only. Since each resonator has its own characteristics, the user should consult the resonator manufacturer for appropriate values of external components. Osc Type Resonator Freq Cap.Range C1 Cap. Range C2 LP 32 kHz(1) 15 pF 15 pF XT 200 kHz 1 MHz 4 MHz 47-68 pF 15 pF 15 pF 47-68 pF 15 pF 15 pF HS 20 MHz 15-47 pF 15-47 pF Note 1: For VDD > 4.5V, C1 = C2  30 pF is recommended. These values are for design guidance only. Rs may be required to avoid overdriving crystals with low drive level specification. Since each crystal has its own characteristics, the user should consult the crys- tal manufacturer for appropriate values of external components.
  • 29.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 29 PIC16C505 7.2.3 EXTERNAL CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR CIRCUIT Either a prepackaged oscillator or a simple oscillator circuit with TTL gates can be used as an external crystal oscillator circuit. Prepackaged oscillators provide a wide operating range and better stability. A well-designed crystal oscillator will provide good performance with TTL gates. Two types of crystal oscillator circuits can be used: one with parallel resonance, or one with series resonance. Figure 7-3 shows implementation of a parallel resonant oscillator circuit. The circuit is designed to use the fundamental frequency of the crystal. The 74AS04 inverter performs the 180-degree phase shift that a parallel oscillator requires. The 4.7 k resistor provides the negative feedback for stability. The 10 k potentiometers bias the 74AS04 in the linear region. This circuit could be used for external oscillator designs. FIGURE 7-3: EXTERNAL PARALLEL RESONANT CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR CIRCUIT Figure 7-4 shows a series resonant oscillator circuit. This circuit is also designed to use the fundamental frequency of the crystal. The inverter performs a 180- degree phase shift in a series resonant oscillator circuit. The 330  resistors provide the negative feedback to bias the inverters in their linear region. FIGURE 7-4: EXTERNAL SERIES RESONANT CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR CIRCUIT 20 pF +5V 20 pF 10k 4.7k 10k 74AS04 XTAL 10k 74AS04 PIC16C505 CLKIN To Other Devices 330 74AS04 74AS04 PIC16C505 CLKIN To Other Devices XTAL 330 74AS04 0.1 mF 7.2.4 EXTERNAL RC OSCILLATOR For timing insensitive applications, the RC device option offers additional cost savings. The RC oscillator frequency is a function of the supply voltage, the resistor (Rext) and capacitor (Cext) values, and the operating temperature. In addition to this, the oscillator frequency will vary from unit to unit due to normal process parameter variation. Furthermore, the difference in lead frame capacitance between package types will also affect the oscillation frequency, especially for low Cext values. The user also needs to take into account variation due to tolerance of external R and C components used. Figure 7-5 shows how the R/C combination is connected to the PIC16C505. For Rext values below 2.2 k, the oscillator operation may become unstable, or stop completely. For very high Rext values (e.g., 1 M) the oscillator becomes sensitive to noise, humidity and leakage. Thus, we recommend keeping Rext between 3 k and 100 k. Although the oscillator will operate with no external capacitor (Cext = 0 pF), we recommend using values above 20 pF for noise and stability reasons. With no or small external capacitance, the oscillation frequency can vary dramatically due to changes in external capacitances, such as PCB trace capacitance or package lead frame capacitance. The Electrical Specifications section shows RC frequency variation from part to part due to normal process variation. The variation is larger for larger values of R (since leakage current variation will affect RC frequency more for large R) and for smaller values of C (since variation of input capacitance will affect RC frequency more). Also, see the Electrical Specifications section for variation of oscillator frequency due to VDD for given Rext/Cext values, as well as frequency variation due to operating temperature for given R, C and VDD values. FIGURE 7-5: EXTERNAL RC OSCILLATOR MODE VDD Rext Cext VSS OSC1 Internal clock PIC16C505 N FOSC/4 OSC2/CLKOUT
  • 30. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 30  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. 7.2.5 INTERNAL 4 MHz RC OSCILLATOR The internal RC oscillator provides a fixed 4 MHz (nom- inal) system clock at VDD = 5V and 25°C, see Electrical Specifications section for information on variation over voltage and temperature. In addition, a calibration instruction is programmed into the last address of memory, which contains the calibra- tion value for the internal RC oscillator. This location is always protected, regardless of the code protect set- tings. This value is programmed as a MOVLW XX instruction where XX is the calibration value, and is placed at the reset vector. This will load the W register with the calibration value upon reset and the PC will then roll over to the users program at address 0x000. The user then has the option of writing the value to the OSCCAL Register (05h) or ignoring it. OSCCAL, when written to with the calibration value, will “trim” the internal oscillator to remove process variation from the oscillator frequency. For the PIC16C505, only bits <7:2> of OSCCAL are implemented. 7.3 RESET The device differentiates between various kinds of reset: a) Power on reset (POR) b) MCLR reset during normal operation c) MCLR reset during SLEEP d) WDT time-out reset during normal operation e) WDT time-out reset during SLEEP f) Wake-up from SLEEP on pin change Some registers are not reset in any way, they are unknown on POR and unchanged in any other reset. Most other registers are reset to “reset state” on power- on reset (POR), MCLR, WDT or wake-up on pin change reset during normal operation. They are not affected by a WDT reset during SLEEP or MCLR reset during SLEEP, since these resets are viewed as resumption of normal operation. The exceptions to this are TO, PD and RBWUF bits. They are set or cleared differently in different reset situations. These bits are used in software to determine the nature of reset. See Table 7-3 for a full description of reset states of all registers. Note: Please note that erasing the device will also erase the pre-programmed internal calibration value for the internal oscillator. The calibration value must be read prior to erasing the part so it can be repro- grammed correctly later.
  • 31.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 31 PIC16C505 TABLE 7-3: RESET CONDITIONS FOR REGISTERS TABLE 7-4: RESET CONDITION FOR SPECIAL REGISTERS Register Address Power-on Reset MCLR Reset WDT time-out Wake-up on Pin Change W — qqqq qqqq(1) qqqq qqqq(1) INDF 00h xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu TMR0 01h xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu PC 02h 1111 1111 1111 1111 STATUS 03h 0001 1xxx q00q quuu(2,3) FSR 04h 110x xxxx 11uu uuuu OSCCAL 05h 1000 00-- uuuu uu-- PORTB 06h --xx xxxxx --uu uuuu PORTC 07h --xx xxxxx --uu uuuu OPTION — 1111 1111 1111 1111 TRISB — --11 1111 --11 1111 TRISC — --11 1111 --11 1111 Legend: u = unchanged, x = unknown, - = unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’, q = value depends on condition. Note 1: Bits <7:2> of W register contain oscillator calibration values due to MOVLW XX instruction at top of memory. Note 2: See Table 7-7 for reset value for specific conditions. Note 3: If reset was due to wake-up on pin change, then bit 7 = 1. All other resets will cause bit 7 = 0. STATUS Addr: 03h PCL Addr: 02h Power on reset 0001 1xxx 1111 1111 MCLR reset during normal operation 000u uuuu 1111 1111 MCLR reset during SLEEP 0001 0uuu 1111 1111 WDT reset during SLEEP 0000 0uuu 1111 1111 WDT reset normal operation 0000 uuuu 1111 1111 Wake-up from SLEEP on pin change 1001 0uuu 1111 1111 Legend: u = unchanged, x = unknown, - = unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’.
  • 32. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 32  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. 7.3.1 MCLR ENABLE This configuration bit when unprogrammed (left in the ‘1’ state) enables the external MCLR function. When programmed, the MCLR function is tied to the internal VDD, and the pin is assigned to be a I/O. See Figure 7-6. FIGURE 7-6: MCLR SELECT 7.4 Power-On Reset (POR) The PIC16C505 family incorporates on-chip Power-On Reset (POR) circuitry, which provides an internal chip reset for most power-up situations. The on chip POR circuit holds the chip in reset until VDD has reached a high enough level for proper operation. To take advantage of the internal POR, program the RB3/MCLR/VPP pin as MCLR and tie through a resistor to VDD or program the pin as RB3. An internal weak pull-up resistor is implemented using a transistor. Refer to Table 10-1 for the pull-up resistor ranges. This will eliminate external RC components usually needed to create a Power-on Reset. A maximum rise time for VDD is specified. See Electrical Specifications for details. When the device starts normal operation (exits the reset condition), device operating parameters (voltage, frequency, temperature, ...) must be met to ensure operation. If these conditions are not met, the device must be held in reset until the operating parameters are met. A simplified block diagram of the on-chip Power-On Reset circuit is shown in Figure 7-7. RB3/MCLR/VPP MCLRE INTERNAL MCLR WEAK PULL-UP RBWU The Power-On Reset circuit and the Device Reset Timer (Section 7.5) circuit are closely related. On power-up, the reset latch is set and the DRT is reset. The DRT timer begins counting once it detects MCLR to be high. After the time-out period, which is typically 18 ms, it will reset the reset latch and thus end the on- chip reset signal. A power-up example where MCLR is held low is shown in Figure 7-8. VDD is allowed to rise and stabilize before bringing MCLR high. The chip will actually come out of reset TDRT msec after MCLR goes high. In Figure 7-9, the on-chip Power-On Reset feature is being used (MCLR and VDD are tied together or the pin is programmed to be RB3.). The VDD is stable before the start-up timer times out and there is no problem in getting a proper reset. However, Figure 7-10 depicts a problem situation where VDD rises too slowly. The time between when the DRT senses that MCLR is high and when MCLR and VDD actually reach their full value, is too long. In this situation, when the start-up timer times out, VDD has not reached the VDD (min) value and the chip may not function correctly. For such situations, we recommend that external RC circuits be used to achieve longer POR delay times (Figure 7-9). For additional information refer to Application Notes “Power-Up Considerations” - AN522 and “Power-up Trouble Shooting” - AN607. Note: When the device starts normal operation (exits the reset condition), device operating parameters (voltage, frequency, tempera- ture, etc.) must be met to ensure operation. If these conditions are not met, the device must be held in reset until the operating conditions are met.
  • 33.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 33 PIC16C505 FIGURE 7-7: SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM OF ON-CHIP RESET CIRCUIT FIGURE 7-8: TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (MCLR PULLED LOW) FIGURE 7-9: TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (MCLR TIED TO VDD): FAST VDD RISE TIME S Q R Q VDD RB3/MCLR/VPP Power-Up Detect On-Chip DRT OSC POR (Power-On Reset) WDT Time-out RESET CHIP RESET 8-bit Asynch Ripple Counter (Start-Up Timer) MCLRE SLEEP Pin Change Wake-up on pin change VDD MCLR INTERNAL POR DRT TIME-OUT INTERNAL RESET TDRT VDD MCLR INTERNAL POR DRT TIME-OUT INTERNAL RESET TDRT
  • 34. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 34  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. FIGURE 7-10: TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (MCLR TIED TO VDD): SLOW VDD RISE TIME VDD MCLR INTERNAL POR DRT TIME-OUT INTERNAL RESET TDRT V1 Note: When VDD rises slowly, the TDRT time-out expires long before VDD has reached its final value. In this example, the chip will reset properly if, and only if, V1  VDD min. 7.5 Device Reset Timer (DRT) In the PIC16C505, the DRT runs any time the device is powered up. DRT runs from RESET and varies based on oscillator selection and reset type (see Table 7-5). The DRT operates on an internal RC oscillator. The processor is kept in RESET as long as the DRT is active. The DRT delay allows VDD to rise above VDD min. and for the oscillator to stabilize. Oscillator circuits based on crystals or ceramic resonators require a certain time after power-up to establish a stable oscillation. The on-chip DRT keeps the device in a RESET condition for approximately 18 ms after MCLR has reached a logic high (VIHMCLR) level. Thus, programming RB3/MCLR/VPP as MCLR and using an external RC network connected to the MCLR input is not required in most cases, allowing for savings in cost-sensitive and/or space restricted applications, as well as allowing the use of the RB3/ MCLR/VPP pin as a general purpose input. The Device Reset time delay will vary from chip to chip due to VDD, temperature and process variation. See AC parameters for details. The DRT will also be triggered upon a Watchdog Timer time-out. This is particularly important for applications using the WDT to wake from SLEEP mode automatically. Reset sources are POR, MCLR, WDT time-out and Wake-up on pin change. (See Section 7.9.2, Notes 1, 2, and 3, page 37.) 7.6 Watchdog Timer (WDT) The Watchdog Timer (WDT) is a free running on-chip RC oscillator, which does not require any external components. This RC oscillator is separate from the external RC oscillator of the RB5/OSC1/CLKIN pin and the internal 4 MHz oscillator. That means that the WDT will run even if the main processor clock has been stopped, for example, by execution of a SLEEP instruction. During normal operation or SLEEP, a WDT reset or wake-up reset generates a device RESET. The TO bit (STATUS<4>) will be cleared upon a Watchdog Timer reset. The WDT can be permanently disabled by programming the configuration bit WDTE as a '0' (Section 7.1). Refer to the PIC16C505 Programming Specifications to determine how to access the configuration word. TABLE 7-5: DRT (DEVICE RESET TIMER PERIOD) Oscillator Configuration POR Reset Subsequent Resets IntRC & ExtRC 18 ms (typical) 300 µs (typical) HS, XT & LP 18 ms (typical) 18 ms (typical)
  • 35.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 35 PIC16C505 7.6.1 WDT PERIOD The WDT has a nominal time-out period of 18 ms, (with no prescaler). If a longer time-out period is desired, a prescaler with a division ratio of up to 1:128 can be assigned to the WDT (under software control) by writing to the OPTION register. Thus, a time-out period of a nominal 2.3 seconds can be realized. These periods vary with temperature, VDD and part-to- part process variations (see DC specs). Under worst case conditions (VDD = Min., Temperature = Max., max. WDT prescaler), it may take several seconds before a WDT time-out occurs. 7.6.2 WDT PROGRAMMING CONSIDERATIONS The CLRWDT instruction clears the WDT and the postscaler, if assigned to the WDT, and prevents it from timing out and generating a device RESET. The SLEEP instruction resets the WDT and the postscaler, if assigned to the WDT. This gives the maximum SLEEP time before a WDT wake-up reset. FIGURE 7-11: WATCHDOG TIMER BLOCK DIAGRAM TABLE 7-6: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH THE WATCHDOG TIMER Address Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on Power-On Reset Value on All Other Resets N/A OPTION RBWU RBPU T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 1111 1111 1111 1111 Legend: Shaded boxes = Not used by Watchdog Timer, — = unimplemented, read as '0', u = unchanged. 10 1 0 From Timer0 Clock Source (Figure 6-5) To Timer0 (Figure 6-4) Postscaler WDT Enable Configuration Bit PSA WDT Time-out PS<2:0> PSAMUX 8 - to - 1 MUX Postscaler M U X Watchdog Timer Note: T0CS, T0SE, PSA, PS<2:0> are bits in the OPTION register.
  • 36. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 36  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. 7.7 Time-Out Sequence, Power Down, and Wake-up from SLEEP Status Bits (TO/PD/RBWUF) The TO, PD, and RBWUF bits in the STATUS register can be tested to determine if a RESET condition has been caused by a power-up condition, a MCLR or Watchdog Timer (WDT) reset. 7.8 Reset on Brown-Out A brown-out is a condition where device power (VDD) dips below its minimum value, but not to zero, and then recovers. The device should be reset in the event of a brown-out. To reset PIC16C505 devices when a brown-out occurs, external brown-out protection circuits may be built, as shown in Figure 7-12 and Figure 7-13. FIGURE 7-12: BROWN-OUT PROTECTION CIRCUIT 1 TABLE 7-7: TO/PD/RBWUF STATUS AFTER RESET RBWUF TO PD RESET caused by 0 0 0 WDT wake-up from SLEEP 0 0 u WDT time-out (not from SLEEP) 0 1 0 MCLR wake-up from SLEEP 0 1 1 Power-up 0 u u MCLR not during SLEEP 1 1 0 Wake-up from SLEEP on pin change Legend: u = unchanged Note 1: The TO, PD, and RBWUF bits maintain their status (u) until a reset occurs. A low-pulse on the MCLR input does not change the TO, PD, and RBWUF status bits. This circuit will activate reset when VDD goes below Vz + 0.7V (where Vz = Zener voltage). Note 1: Pin must be confirmed as MCLR. 33k 10k 40k* VDD MCLR(1) PIC16C505 VDD Q1 FIGURE 7-13: BROWN-OUT PROTECTION CIRCUIT 2 FIGURE 7-14: BROWN-OUT PROTECTION CIRCUIT 3 This brown-out circuit is less expensive, although less accurate. Transistor Q1 turns off when VDD is below a certain level such that: Note 1: Pin must be confirmed as MCLR. VDD • R1 R1 + R2 = 0.7V R2 40k* VDD MCLR(1) PIC16C505R1 Q1 VDD This brown-out protection circuit employs Microchip Technology’s MCP809 microcontroller supervisor. There are 7 different trip point selections to accommodate 5V to 3V systems. MCLR PIC12C5XX VDD VDD VSS RST MCP809 VDD bypass capacitor
  • 37.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 37 PIC16C505 7.9 Power-Down Mode (SLEEP) A device may be powered down (SLEEP) and later powered up (Wake-up from SLEEP). 7.9.1 SLEEP The Power-Down mode is entered by executing a SLEEP instruction. If enabled, the Watchdog Timer will be cleared but keeps running, the TO bit (STATUS<4>) is set, the PD bit (STATUS<3>) is cleared and the oscillator driver is turned off. The I/O ports maintain the status they had before the SLEEP instruction was executed (driving high, driving low or hi-impedance). It should be noted that a RESET generated by a WDT time-out does not drive the MCLR pin low. For lowest current consumption while powered down, the T0CKI input should be at VDD or VSS and the RB3/ MCLR/VPP pin must be at a logic high level (VIHMC) if MCLR is enabled. 7.9.2 WAKE-UP FROM SLEEP The device can wake-up from SLEEP through one of the following events: 1. An external reset input on RB3/MCLR/VPP pin, when configured as MCLR. 2. A Watchdog Timer time-out reset (if WDT was enabled). 3. A change on input pin RB0, RB1, RB3 or RB4 when wake-up on change is enabled. These events cause a device reset. The TO, PD, and RBWUF bits can be used to determine the cause of device reset. The TO bit is cleared if a WDT time-out occurred (and caused wake-up). The PD bit, which is set on power-up, is cleared when SLEEP is invoked. The RBWUF bit indicates a change in state while in SLEEP at pins RB0, RB1, RB3 or RB4 (since the last file or bit operation on RB port). The WDT is cleared when the device wakes from sleep, regardless of the wake-up source. Caution: Right before entering SLEEP, read the input pins. When in SLEEP, wake up occurs when the values at the pins change from the state they were in at the last reading. If a wake-up on change occurs and the pins are not read before reentering SLEEP, a wake-up will occur immediately even if no pins change while in SLEEP mode. 7.10 Program Verification/Code Protection If the code protection bit has not been programmed, the on-chip program memory can be read out for verification purposes. The first 64 locations and the last location (OSCCAL) can be read, regardless of the code protection bit setting. 7.11 ID Locations Four memory locations are designated as ID locations where the user can store checksum or other code- identification numbers. These locations are not accessible during normal execution, but are readable and writable during program/verify. Use only the lower 4 bits of the ID locations and always program the upper 8 bits as '0's.
  • 38. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 38  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. 7.12 In-Circuit Serial Programming The PIC16C505 microcontrollers can be serially programmed while in the end application circuit. This is simply done with two lines for clock and data, and three other lines for power, ground, and the programming voltage. This allows customers to manufacture boards with unprogrammed devices, and then program the microcontroller just before shipping the product. This also allows the most recent firmware or a custom firmware to be programmed. The device is placed into a program/verify mode by holding the RB1 and RB0 pins low while raising the MCLR (VPP) pin from VIL to VIHH (see programming specification). RB1 becomes the programming clock and RB0 becomes the programming data. Both RB1 and RB0 are Schmitt Trigger inputs in this mode. After reset, a 6-bit command is then supplied to the device. Depending on the command, 14 bits of program data are then supplied to or from the device, depending if the command was a load or a read. For complete details of serial programming, please refer to the PIC16C505 Programming Specifications. A typical in-circuit serial programming connection is shown in Figure 7-15. FIGURE 7-15: TYPICAL IN-CIRCUIT SERIAL PROGRAMMING CONNECTION External Connector Signals To Normal Connections To Normal Connections PIC16C505 VDD VSS MCLR/VPP RB1 RB0 +5V 0V VPP CLK Data I/O VDD
  • 39.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 39 PIC16C505 8.0 INSTRUCTION SET SUMMARY Each PIC16C505 instruction is a 12-bit word divided into an OPCODE, which specifies the instruction type, and one or more operands which further specify the operation of the instruction. The PIC16C505 instruction set summary in Table 8-2 groups the instructions into byte-oriented, bit-oriented, and literal and control operations. Table 8-1 shows the opcode field descriptions. For byte-oriented instructions, 'f' represents a file register designator and 'd' represents a destination designator. The file register designator is used to specify which one of the 32 file registers is to be used by the instruction. The destination designator specifies where the result of the operation is to be placed. If 'd' is '0', the result is placed in the W register. If 'd' is '1', the result is placed in the file register specified in the instruction. For bit-oriented instructions, 'b' represents a bit field designator which selects the number of the bit affected by the operation, while 'f' represents the number of the file in which the bit is located. For literal and control operations, 'k' represents an 8 or 9-bit constant or literal value. TABLE 8-1: OPCODE FIELD DESCRIPTIONS Field Description f Register file address (0x00 to 0x7F) W Working register (accumulator) b Bit address within an 8-bit file register k Literal field, constant data or label x Don't care location (= 0 or 1) The assembler will generate code with x = 0. It is the recommended form of use for compatibility with all Microchip software tools. d Destination select; d = 0 (store result in W) d = 1 (store result in file register 'f') Default is d = 1 label Label name TOS Top of Stack PC Program Counter WDT Watchdog Timer Counter TO Time-Out bit PD Power-Down bit dest Destination, either the W register or the specified register file location [ ] Options ( ) Contents  Assigned to < > Register bit field  In the set of italics User defined term (font is courier) All instructions are executed within a single instruction cycle, unless a conditional test is true or the program counter is changed as a result of an instruction. In this case, the execution takes two instruction cycles. One instruction cycle consists of four oscillator periods. Thus, for an oscillator frequency of 4 MHz, the normal instruction execution time is 1 s. If a conditional test is true or the program counter is changed as a result of an instruction, the instruction execution time is 2 s. Figure 8-1 shows the three general formats that the instructions can have. All examples in the figure use the following format to represent a hexadecimal number: 0xhhh where 'h' signifies a hexadecimal digit. FIGURE 8-1: GENERAL FORMAT FOR INSTRUCTIONS Byte-oriented file register operations 11 6 5 4 0 d = 0 for destination W OPCODE d f (FILE #) d = 1 for destination f f = 5-bit file register address Bit-oriented file register operations 11 8 7 5 4 0 OPCODE b (BIT #) f (FILE #) b = 3-bit bit address f = 5-bit file register address Literal and control operations (except GOTO) 11 8 7 0 OPCODE k (literal) k = 8-bit immediate value Literal and control operations - GOTO instruction 11 9 8 0 OPCODE k (literal) k = 9-bit immediate value
  • 40. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 40  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. TABLE 8-2: INSTRUCTION SET SUMMARY Mnemonic, Operands Description Cycles 12-Bit Opcode Status Affected NotesMSb LSb ADDWF ANDWF CLRF CLRW COMF DECF DECFSZ INCF INCFSZ IORWF MOVF MOVWF NOP RLF RRF SUBWF SWAPF XORWF f,d f,d f – f, d f, d f, d f, d f, d f, d f, d f – f, d f, d f, d f, d f, d Add W and f AND W with f Clear f Clear W Complement f Decrement f Decrement f, Skip if 0 Increment f Increment f, Skip if 0 Inclusive OR W with f Move f Move W to f No Operation Rotate left f through Carry Rotate right f through Carry Subtract W from f Swap f Exclusive OR W with f 1 1 1 1 1 1 1(2) 1 1(2) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0001 0001 0000 0000 0010 0000 0010 0010 0011 0001 0010 0000 0000 0011 0011 0000 0011 0001 11df 01df 011f 0100 01df 11df 11df 10df 11df 00df 00df 001f 0000 01df 00df 10df 10df 10df ffff ffff ffff 0000 ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff 0000 ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff C,DC,Z Z Z Z Z Z None Z None Z Z None None C C C,DC,Z None Z 1,2,4 2,4 4 2,4 2,4 2,4 2,4 2,4 2,4 1,4 2,4 2,4 1,2,4 2,4 2,4 BIT-ORIENTED FILE REGISTER OPERATIONS BCF BSF BTFSC BTFSS f, b f, b f, b f, b Bit Clear f Bit Set f Bit Test f, Skip if Clear Bit Test f, Skip if Set 1 1 1 (2) 1 (2) 0100 0101 0110 0111 bbbf bbbf bbbf bbbf ffff ffff ffff ffff None None None None 2,4 2,4 LITERAL AND CONTROL OPERATIONS ANDLW CALL CLRWDT GOTO IORLW MOVLW OPTION RETLW SLEEP TRIS XORLW k k k k k k – k – f k AND literal with W Call subroutine Clear Watchdog Timer Unconditional branch Inclusive OR Literal with W Move Literal to W Load OPTION register Return, place Literal in W Go into standby mode Load TRIS register Exclusive OR Literal to W 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1110 1001 0000 101k 1101 1100 0000 1000 0000 0000 1111 kkkk kkkk 0000 kkkk kkkk kkkk 0000 kkkk 0000 0000 kkkk kkkk kkkk 0100 kkkk kkkk kkkk 0010 kkkk 0011 0fff kkkk Z None TO, PD None Z None None None TO, PD None Z 1 3 Note 1: The 9th bit of the program counter will be forced to a '0' by any instruction that writes to the PC except for GOTO. (Section 4.6) 2: When an I/O register is modified as a function of itself (e.g. MOVF PORTB, 1), the value used will be that value present on the pins themselves. For example, if the data latch is '1' for a pin configured as input and is driven low by an external device, the data will be written back with a '0'. 3: The instruction TRIS f, where f = 6 causes the contents of the W register to be written to the tristate latches of PORTB. A '1' forces the pin to a hi-impedance state and disables the output buffers. 4: If this instruction is executed on the TMR0 register (and, where applicable, d = 1), the prescaler will be cleared (if assigned to TMR0).
  • 41.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 41 PIC16C505 ADDWF Add W and f Syntax: [ label ] ADDWF f,d Operands: 0  f  31 d  Operation: (W) + (f)  (dest) Status Affected: C, DC, Z Encoding: 0001 11df ffff Description: Add the contents of the W register and register 'f'. If 'd' is 0, the result is stored in the W register. If 'd' is '1', the result is stored back in reg- ister 'f'. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Example: ADDWF FSR, 0 Before Instruction W = 0x17 FSR = 0xC2 After Instruction W = 0xD9 FSR = 0xC2 ANDLW And literal with W Syntax: [ label ] ANDLW k Operands: 0  k  255 Operation: (W).AND. (k)  (W) Status Affected: Z Encoding: 1110 kkkk kkkk Description: The contents of the W register are AND’ed with the eight-bit literal 'k'. The result is placed in the W regis- ter. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Example: ANDLW 0x5F Before Instruction W = 0xA3 After Instruction W = 0x03 ANDWF AND W with f Syntax: [ label ] ANDWF f,d Operands: 0  f  31 d  Operation: (W) .AND. (f)  (dest) Status Affected: Z Encoding: 0001 01df ffff Description: The contents of the W register are AND’ed with register 'f'. If 'd' is 0, the result is stored in the W register. If 'd' is '1', the result is stored back in register 'f'. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Example: ANDWF FSR, 1 Before Instruction W = 0x17 FSR = 0xC2 After Instruction W = 0x17 FSR = 0x02 BCF Bit Clear f Syntax: [ label ] BCF f,b Operands: 0  f  31 0  b  7 Operation: 0  (f<b>) Status Affected: None Encoding: 0100 bbbf ffff Description: Bit 'b' in register 'f' is cleared. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Example: BCF FLAG_REG, 7 Before Instruction FLAG_REG = 0xC7 After Instruction FLAG_REG = 0x47
  • 42. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 42  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. BSF Bit Set f Syntax: [ label ] BSF f,b Operands: 0  f  31 0  b  7 Operation: 1  (f<b>) Status Affected: None Encoding: 0101 bbbf ffff Description: Bit 'b' in register 'f' is set. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Example: BSF FLAG_REG, 7 Before Instruction FLAG_REG = 0x0A After Instruction FLAG_REG = 0x8A BTFSC Bit Test f, Skip if Clear Syntax: [ label ] BTFSC f,b Operands: 0  f  31 0  b  7 Operation: skip if (f<b>) = 0 Status Affected: None Encoding: 0110 bbbf ffff Description: If bit 'b' in register 'f' is 0, then the next instruction is skipped. If bit 'b' is 0, then the next instruc- tion fetched during the current instruction execution is discarded, and a NOP is executed instead, making this a 2 cycle instruction. Words: 1 Cycles: 1(2) Example: HERE FALSE TRUE BTFSC GOTO    FLAG,1 PROCESS_CODE Before Instruction PC = address (HERE) After Instruction if FLAG<1> = 0, PC = address (TRUE); if FLAG<1> = 1, PC = address(FALSE) BTFSS Bit Test f, Skip if Set Syntax: [ label ] BTFSS f,b Operands: 0  f  31 0  b < 7 Operation: skip if (f<b>) = 1 Status Affected: None Encoding: 0111 bbbf ffff Description: If bit 'b' in register 'f' is '1', then the next instruction is skipped. If bit 'b' is '1', then the next instruc- tion fetched during the current instruction execution, is discarded and a NOP is executed instead, making this a 2 cycle instruction. Words: 1 Cycles: 1(2) Example: HERE BTFSS FLAG,1 FALSE GOTO PROCESS_CODE TRUE    Before Instruction PC = address (HERE) After Instruction If FLAG<1> = 0, PC = address (FALSE); if FLAG<1> = 1, PC = address (TRUE)
  • 43.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 43 PIC16C505 CALL Subroutine Call Syntax: [ label ] CALL k Operands: 0  k  255 Operation: (PC) + 1 Top of Stack; k  PC<7:0>; (STATUS<6:5>)  PC<10:9>; 0  PC<8> Status Affected: None Encoding: 1001 kkkk kkkk Description: Subroutine call. First, return address (PC+1) is pushed onto the stack. The eight bit immediate address is loaded into PC bits <7:0>. The upper bits PC<10:9> are loaded from STATUS<6:5>, PC<8> is cleared. CALL is a two cycle instruction. Words: 1 Cycles: 2 Example: HERE CALL THERE Before Instruction PC = address (HERE) After Instruction PC = address (THERE) TOS = address (HERE + 1) CLRF Clear f Syntax: [ label ] CLRF f Operands: 0  f  31 Operation: 00h  (f); 1  Z Status Affected: Z Encoding: 0000 011f ffff Description: The contents of register 'f' are cleared and the Z bit is set. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Example: CLRF FLAG_REG Before Instruction FLAG_REG = 0x5A After Instruction FLAG_REG = 0x00 Z = 1 CLRW Clear W Syntax: [ label ] CLRW Operands: None Operation: 00h  (W); 1  Z Status Affected: Z Encoding: 0000 0100 0000 Description: The W register is cleared. Zero bit (Z) is set. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Example: CLRW Before Instruction W = 0x5A After Instruction W = 0x00 Z = 1 CLRWDT Clear Watchdog Timer Syntax: [ label ] CLRWDT Operands: None Operation: 00h  WDT; 0  WDT prescaler (if assigned); 1  TO; 1  PD Status Affected: TO, PD Encoding: 0000 0000 0100 Description: The CLRWDT instruction resets the WDT. It also resets the prescaler, if the prescaler is assigned to the WDT and not Timer0. Status bits TO and PD are set. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Example: CLRWDT Before Instruction WDT counter = ? After Instruction WDT counter = 0x00 WDT prescale = 0 TO = 1 PD = 1
  • 44. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 44  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. COMF Complement f Syntax: [ label ] COMF f,d Operands: 0  f  31 d  [0,1] Operation: (f)  (dest) Status Affected: Z Encoding: 0010 01df ffff Description: The contents of register 'f' are complemented. If 'd' is 0, the result is stored in the W register. If 'd' is 1, the result is stored back in regis- ter 'f'. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Example: COMF REG1,0 Before Instruction REG1 = 0x13 After Instruction REG1 = 0x13 W = 0xEC DECF Decrement f Syntax: [ label ] DECF f,d Operands: 0  f  31 d  [0,1] Operation: (f) – 1  (dest) Status Affected: Z Encoding: 0000 11df ffff Description: Decrement register 'f'. If 'd' is 0, the result is stored in the W register. If 'd' is 1, the result is stored back in register 'f'. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Example: DECF CNT, 1 Before Instruction CNT = 0x01 Z = 0 After Instruction CNT = 0x00 Z = 1 DECFSZ Decrement f, Skip if 0 Syntax: [ label ] DECFSZ f,d Operands: 0  f  31 d  [0,1] Operation: (f) – 1  d; skip if result = 0 Status Affected: None Encoding: 0010 11df ffff Description: The contents of register 'f' are dec- remented. If 'd' is 0, the result is placed in the W register. If 'd' is 1, the result is placed back in register 'f'. If the result is 0, the next instruc- tion, which is already fetched, is discarded and a NOP is executed instead making it a two cycle instruction. Words: 1 Cycles: 1(2) Example: HERE DECFSZ CNT, 1 GOTO LOOP CONTINUE    Before Instruction PC = address (HERE) After Instruction CNT = CNT - 1; if CNT = 0, PC = address (CONTINUE); if CNT  0, PC = address (HERE+1) GOTO Unconditional Branch Syntax: [ label ] GOTO k Operands: 0  k  511 Operation: k  PC<8:0>; STATUS<6:5>  PC<10:9> Status Affected: None Encoding: 101k kkkk kkkk Description: GOTO is an unconditional branch. The 9-bit immediate value is loaded into PC bits <8:0>. The upper bits of PC are loaded from STATUS<6:5>. GOTO is a two cycle instruction. Words: 1 Cycles: 2 Example: GOTO THERE After Instruction PC = address (THERE)
  • 45.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 45 PIC16C505 INCF Increment f Syntax: [ label ] INCF f,d Operands: 0  f  31 d  [0,1] Operation: (f) + 1  (dest) Status Affected: Z Encoding: 0010 10df ffff Description: The contents of register 'f' are incremented. If 'd' is 0, the result is placed in the W register. If 'd' is 1, the result is placed back in register 'f'. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Example: INCF CNT, 1 Before Instruction CNT = 0xFF Z = 0 After Instruction CNT = 0x00 Z = 1 INCFSZ Increment f, Skip if 0 Syntax: [ label ] INCFSZ f,d Operands: 0  f  31 d  [0,1] Operation: (f) + 1  (dest), skip if result = 0 Status Affected: None Encoding: 0011 11df ffff Description: The contents of register 'f' are incremented. If 'd' is 0, the result is placed in the W register. If 'd' is 1, the result is placed back in register 'f'. If the result is 0, then the next instruction, which is already fetched, is discarded and a NOP is executed instead making it a two cycle instruction. Words: 1 Cycles: 1(2) Example: HERE INCFSZ CNT, 1 GOTO LOOP CONTINUE    Before Instruction PC = address (HERE) After Instruction CNT = CNT + 1; if CNT = 0, PC = address (CONTINUE); if CNT  0, PC = address (HERE +1)
  • 46. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 46  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. IORLW Inclusive OR literal with W Syntax: [ label ] IORLW k Operands: 0  k  255 Operation: (W) .OR. (k)  (W) Status Affected: Z Encoding: 1101 kkkk kkkk Description: The contents of the W register are OR’ed with the eight bit literal 'k'. The result is placed in the W regis- ter. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Example: IORLW 0x35 Before Instruction W = 0x9A After Instruction W = 0xBF Z = 0 IORWF Inclusive OR W with f Syntax: [ label ] IORWF f,d Operands: 0  f  31 d  [0,1] Operation: (W).OR. (f)  (dest) Status Affected: Z Encoding: 0001 00df ffff Description: Inclusive OR the W register with register 'f'. If 'd' is 0, the result is placed in the W register. If 'd' is 1, the result is placed back in register 'f'. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Example: IORWF RESULT, 0 Before Instruction RESULT = 0x13 W = 0x91 After Instruction RESULT = 0x13 W = 0x93 Z = 0 MOVF Move f Syntax: [ label ] MOVF f,d Operands: 0  f  31 d  [0,1] Operation: (f)  (dest) Status Affected: Z Encoding: 0010 00df ffff Description: The contents of register 'f' are moved to destination 'd'. If 'd' is 0, destination is the W register. If 'd' is 1, the destination is file register 'f'. 'd' = 1 is useful as a test of a file register since status flag Z is affected. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Example: MOVF FSR, 0 After Instruction W = value in FSR register MOVLW Move Literal to W Syntax: [ label ] MOVLW k Operands: 0  k  255 Operation: k  (W) Status Affected: None Encoding: 1100 kkkk kkkk Description: The eight bit literal 'k' is loaded into the W register. The don’t cares will assembled as 0s. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Example: MOVLW 0x5A After Instruction W = 0x5A
  • 47.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 47 PIC16C505 MOVWF Move W to f Syntax: [ label ] MOVWF f Operands: 0  f  31 Operation: (W)  (f) Status Affected: None Encoding: 0000 001f ffff Description: Move data from the W register to register 'f'. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Example: MOVWF TEMP_REG Before Instruction TEMP_REG = 0xFF W = 0x4F After Instruction TEMP_REG = 0x4F W = 0x4F NOP No Operation Syntax: [ label ] NOP Operands: None Operation: No operation Status Affected: None Encoding: 0000 0000 0000 Description: No operation. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Example: NOP OPTION Load OPTION Register Syntax: [ label ] OPTION Operands: None Operation: (W)  OPTION Status Affected: None Encoding: 0000 0000 0010 Description: The content of the W register is loaded into the OPTION register. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Example OPTION Before Instruction W = 0x07 After Instruction OPTION = 0x07 RETLW Return with Literal in W Syntax: [ label ] RETLW k Operands: 0  k  255 Operation: k  (W); TOS  PC Status Affected: None Encoding: 1000 kkkk kkkk Description: The W register is loaded with the eight bit literal 'k'. The program counter is loaded from the top of the stack (the return address). This is a two cycle instruction. Words: 1 Cycles: 2 Example: TABLE CALL TABLE ;W contains ;table offset ;value.  ;W now has table  ;value.  ADDWF PC ;W = offset RETLW k1 ;Begin table RETLW k2 ;    RETLW kn ; End of table Before Instruction W = 0x07 After Instruction W = value of k8
  • 48. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 48  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. RLF Rotate Left f through Carry Syntax: [ label ] RLF f,d Operands: 0  f  31 d  [0,1] Operation: See description below Status Affected: C Encoding: 0011 01df ffff Description: The contents of register 'f' are rotated one bit to the left through the Carry Flag. If 'd' is 0, the result is placed in the W register. If 'd' is 1, the result is stored back in regis- ter 'f'. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Example: RLF REG1,0 Before Instruction REG1 = 1110 0110 C = 0 After Instruction REG1 = 1110 0110 W = 1100 1100 C = 1 C register 'f' RRF Rotate Right f through Carry Syntax: [ label ] RRF f,d Operands: 0  f  31 d  [0,1] Operation: See description below Status Affected: C Encoding: 0011 00df ffff Description: The contents of register 'f' are rotated one bit to the right through the Carry Flag. If 'd' is 0, the result is placed in the W register. If 'd' is 1, the result is placed back in reg- ister 'f'. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Example: RRF REG1,0 Before Instruction REG1 = 1110 0110 C = 0 After Instruction REG1 = 1110 0110 W = 0111 0011 C = 0 C register 'f'
  • 49.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 49 PIC16C505 SLEEP Enter SLEEP Mode Syntax: [label] SLEEP Operands: None Operation: 00h  WDT; 0  WDT prescaler; 1  TO; 0  PD Status Affected: TO, PD, RBWUF Encoding: 0000 0000 0011 Description: Time-out status bit (TO) is set. The power down status bit (PD) is cleared. RBWUF is unaffected. The WDT and its prescaler are cleared. The processor is put into SLEEP mode with the oscillator stopped. See section on SLEEP for more details. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Example: SLEEP SUBWF Subtract W from f Syntax: [label] SUBWF f,d Operands: 0 f 31 d  [0,1] Operation: (f) – (W) dest) Status Affected: C, DC, Z Encoding: 0000 10df ffff Description: Subtract (2’s complement method) the W register from register 'f'. If 'd' is 0, the result is stored in the W register. If 'd' is 1, the result is stored back in register 'f'. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Example 1: SUBWF REG1, 1 Before Instruction REG1 = 3 W = 2 C = ? After Instruction REG1 = 1 W = 2 C = 1 ; result is positive Example 2: Before Instruction REG1 = 2 W = 2 C = ? After Instruction REG1 = 0 W = 2 C = 1 ; result is zero Example 3: Before Instruction REG1 = 1 W = 2 C = ? After Instruction REG1 = FF W = 2 C = 0 ; result is negative
  • 50. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 50  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. SWAPF Swap Nibbles in f Syntax: [ label ] SWAPF f,d Operands: 0  f  31 d  [0,1] Operation: (f<3:0>)  (dest<7:4>); (f<7:4>)  (dest<3:0>) Status Affected: None Encoding: 0011 10df ffff Description: The upper and lower nibbles of register 'f' are exchanged. If 'd' is 0, the result is placed in W regis- ter. If 'd' is 1, the result is placed in register 'f'. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Example SWAPF REG1, 0 Before Instruction REG1 = 0xA5 After Instruction REG1 = 0xA5 W = 0X5A TRIS Load TRIS Register Syntax: [ label ] TRIS f Operands: f = 6 Operation: (W)  TRIS register f Status Affected: None Encoding: 0000 0000 0fff Description: TRIS register 'f' (f = 6 or 7) is loaded with the contents of the W register Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Example TRIS PORTB Before Instruction W = 0XA5 After Instruction TRIS = 0XA5 XORLW Exclusive OR literal with W Syntax: [label] XORLW k Operands: 0 k 255 Operation: (W) .XOR. k W) Status Affected: Z Encoding: 1111 kkkk kkkk Description: The contents of the W register are XOR’ed with the eight bit literal 'k'. The result is placed in the W regis- ter. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Example: XORLW 0xAF Before Instruction W = 0xB5 After Instruction W = 0x1A XORWF Exclusive OR W with f Syntax: [ label ] XORWF f,d Operands: 0  f  31 d  [0,1] Operation: (W) .XOR. (f) dest) Status Affected: Z Encoding: 0001 10df ffff Description: Exclusive OR the contents of the W register with register 'f'. If 'd' is 0, the result is stored in the W regis- ter. If 'd' is 1, the result is stored back in register 'f'. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Example XORWF REG,1 Before Instruction REG = 0xAF W = 0xB5 After Instruction REG = 0x1A W = 0xB5
  • 51.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 51 PIC16C505 9.0 DEVELOPMENT SUPPORT The PIC® microcontrollers and dsPIC® digital signal controllers are supported with a full range of software and hardware development tools: • Integrated Development Environment - MPLAB® IDE Software • Compilers/Assemblers/Linkers - MPLAB C Compiler for Various Device Families - HI-TECH C® for Various Device Families - MPASMTM Assembler - MPLINKTM Object Linker/ MPLIBTM Object Librarian - MPLAB Assembler/Linker/Librarian for Various Device Families • Simulators - MPLAB SIM Software Simulator • Emulators - MPLAB REAL ICE™ In-Circuit Emulator • In-Circuit Debuggers - MPLAB ICD 3 - PICkit™ 3 Debug Express • Device Programmers - PICkit™ 2 Programmer - MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer • Low-Cost Demonstration/Development Boards, Evaluation Kits, and Starter Kits 9.1 MPLAB Integrated Development Environment Software The MPLAB IDE software brings an ease of software development previously unseen in the 8/16/32-bit microcontroller market. The MPLAB IDE is a Windows® operating system-based application that contains: • A single graphical interface to all debugging tools - Simulator - Programmer (sold separately) - In-Circuit Emulator (sold separately) - In-Circuit Debugger (sold separately) • A full-featured editor with color-coded context • A multiple project manager • Customizable data windows with direct edit of contents • High-level source code debugging • Mouse over variable inspection • Drag and drop variables from source to watch windows • Extensive on-line help • Integration of select third party tools, such as IAR C Compilers The MPLAB IDE allows you to: • Edit your source files (either C or assembly) • One-touch compile or assemble, and download to emulator and simulator tools (automatically updates all project information) • Debug using: - Source files (C or assembly) - Mixed C and assembly - Machine code MPLAB IDE supports multiple debugging tools in a single development paradigm, from the cost-effective simulators, through low-cost in-circuit debuggers, to full-featured emulators. This eliminates the learning curve when upgrading to tools with increased flexibility and power.
  • 52. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 52  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. 9.2 MPLAB C Compilers for Various Device Families The MPLAB C Compiler code development systems are complete ANSI C compilers for Microchip’s PIC18, PIC24 and PIC32 families of microcontrollers and the dsPIC30 and dsPIC33 families of digital signal control- lers. These compilers provide powerful integration capabilities, superior code optimization and ease of use. For easy source level debugging, the compilers provide symbol information that is optimized to the MPLAB IDE debugger. 9.3 HI-TECH C for Various Device Families The HI-TECH C Compiler code development systems are complete ANSI C compilers for Microchip’s PIC family of microcontrollers and the dsPIC family of digital signal controllers. These compilers provide powerful integration capabilities, omniscient code generation and ease of use. For easy source level debugging, the compilers provide symbol information that is optimized to the MPLAB IDE debugger. The compilers include a macro assembler, linker, pre- processor, and one-step driver, and can run on multiple platforms. 9.4 MPASM Assembler The MPASM Assembler is a full-featured, universal macro assembler for PIC10/12/16/18 MCUs. The MPASM Assembler generates relocatable object files for the MPLINK Object Linker, Intel® standard HEX files, MAP files to detail memory usage and symbol reference, absolute LST files that contain source lines and generated machine code and COFF files for debugging. The MPASM Assembler features include: • Integration into MPLAB IDE projects • User-defined macros to streamline assembly code • Conditional assembly for multi-purpose source files • Directives that allow complete control over the assembly process 9.5 MPLINK Object Linker/ MPLIB Object Librarian The MPLINK Object Linker combines relocatable objects created by the MPASM Assembler and the MPLAB C18 C Compiler. It can link relocatable objects from precompiled libraries, using directives from a linker script. The MPLIB Object Librarian manages the creation and modification of library files of precompiled code. When a routine from a library is called from a source file, only the modules that contain that routine will be linked in with the application. This allows large libraries to be used efficiently in many different applications. The object linker/library features include: • Efficient linking of single libraries instead of many smaller files • Enhanced code maintainability by grouping related modules together • Flexible creation of libraries with easy module listing, replacement, deletion and extraction 9.6 MPLAB Assembler, Linker and Librarian for Various Device Families MPLAB Assembler produces relocatable machine code from symbolic assembly language for PIC24, PIC32 and dsPIC devices. MPLAB C Compiler uses the assembler to produce its object file. The assembler generates relocatable object files that can then be archived or linked with other relocatable object files and archives to create an executable file. Notable features of the assembler include: • Support for the entire device instruction set • Support for fixed-point and floating-point data • Command line interface • Rich directive set • Flexible macro language • MPLAB IDE compatibility
  • 53.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 53 PIC16C505 9.7 MPLAB SIM Software Simulator The MPLAB SIM Software Simulator allows code development in a PC-hosted environment by simulat- ing the PIC MCUs and dsPIC® DSCs on an instruction level. On any given instruction, the data areas can be examined or modified and stimuli can be applied from a comprehensive stimulus controller. Registers can be logged to files for further run-time analysis. The trace buffer and logic analyzer display extend the power of the simulator to record and track program execution, actions on I/O, most peripherals and internal registers. The MPLAB SIM Software Simulator fully supports symbolic debugging using the MPLAB C Compilers, and the MPASM and MPLAB Assemblers. The soft- ware simulator offers the flexibility to develop and debug code outside of the hardware laboratory envi- ronment, making it an excellent, economical software development tool. 9.8 MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit Emulator System MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit Emulator System is Microchip’s next generation high-speed emulator for Microchip Flash DSC and MCU devices. It debugs and programs PIC® Flash MCUs and dsPIC® Flash DSCs with the easy-to-use, powerful graphical user interface of the MPLAB Integrated Development Environment (IDE), included with each kit. The emulator is connected to the design engineer’s PC using a high-speed USB 2.0 interface and is connected to the target with either a connector compatible with in- circuit debugger systems (RJ11) or with the new high- speed, noise tolerant, Low-Voltage Differential Signal (LVDS) interconnection (CAT5). The emulator is field upgradable through future firmware downloads in MPLAB IDE. In upcoming releases of MPLAB IDE, new devices will be supported, and new features will be added. MPLAB REAL ICE offers significant advantages over competitive emulators including low-cost, full-speed emulation, run-time variable watches, trace analysis, complex breakpoints, a ruggedized probe interface and long (up to three meters) interconnection cables. 9.9 MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger System MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger System is Micro- chip's most cost effective high-speed hardware debugger/programmer for Microchip Flash Digital Sig- nal Controller (DSC) and microcontroller (MCU) devices. It debugs and programs PIC® Flash microcon- trollers and dsPIC® DSCs with the powerful, yet easy- to-use graphical user interface of MPLAB Integrated Development Environment (IDE). The MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger probe is con- nected to the design engineer's PC using a high-speed USB 2.0 interface and is connected to the target with a connector compatible with the MPLAB ICD 2 or MPLAB REAL ICE systems (RJ-11). MPLAB ICD 3 supports all MPLAB ICD 2 headers. 9.10 PICkit 3 In-Circuit Debugger/ Programmer and PICkit 3 Debug Express The MPLAB PICkit 3 allows debugging and program- ming of PIC® and dsPIC® Flash microcontrollers at a most affordable price point using the powerful graphical user interface of the MPLAB Integrated Development Environment (IDE). The MPLAB PICkit 3 is connected to the design engineer's PC using a full speed USB interface and can be connected to the target via an Microchip debug (RJ-11) connector (compatible with MPLAB ICD 3 and MPLAB REAL ICE). The connector uses two device I/O pins and the reset line to imple- ment in-circuit debugging and In-Circuit Serial Pro- gramming™. The PICkit 3 Debug Express include the PICkit 3, demo board and microcontroller, hookup cables and CDROM with user’s guide, lessons, tutorial, compiler and MPLAB IDE software.
  • 54. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 54  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. 9.11 PICkit 2 Development Programmer/Debugger and PICkit 2 Debug Express The PICkit™ 2 Development Programmer/Debugger is a low-cost development tool with an easy to use inter- face for programming and debugging Microchip’s Flash families of microcontrollers. The full featured Windows® programming interface supports baseline (PIC10F, PIC12F5xx, PIC16F5xx), midrange (PIC12F6xx, PIC16F), PIC18F, PIC24, dsPIC30, dsPIC33, and PIC32 families of 8-bit, 16-bit, and 32-bit microcontrollers, and many Microchip Serial EEPROM products. With Microchip’s powerful MPLAB Integrated Development Environment (IDE) the PICkit™ 2 enables in-circuit debugging on most PIC® microcon- trollers. In-Circuit-Debugging runs, halts and single steps the program while the PIC microcontroller is embedded in the application. When halted at a break- point, the file registers can be examined and modified. The PICkit 2 Debug Express include the PICkit 2, demo board and microcontroller, hookup cables and CDROM with user’s guide, lessons, tutorial, compiler and MPLAB IDE software. 9.12 MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer The MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer is a universal, CE compliant device programmer with programmable voltage verification at VDDMIN and VDDMAX for maximum reliability. It features a large LCD display (128 x 64) for menus and error messages and a modu- lar, detachable socket assembly to support various package types. The ICSP™ cable assembly is included as a standard item. In Stand-Alone mode, the MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer can read, verify and program PIC devices without a PC connection. It can also set code protection in this mode. The MPLAB PM3 connects to the host PC via an RS-232 or USB cable. The MPLAB PM3 has high-speed communications and optimized algorithms for quick programming of large memory devices and incorporates an MMC card for file storage and data applications. 9.13 Demonstration/Development Boards, Evaluation Kits, and Starter Kits A wide variety of demonstration, development and evaluation boards for various PIC MCUs and dsPIC DSCs allows quick application development on fully func- tional systems. Most boards include prototyping areas for adding custom circuitry and provide application firmware and source code for examination and modification. The boards support a variety of features, including LEDs, temperature sensors, switches, speakers, RS-232 interfaces, LCD displays, potentiometers and additional EEPROM memory. The demonstration and development boards can be used in teaching environments, for prototyping custom circuits and for learning about various microcontroller applications. In addition to the PICDEM™ and dsPICDEM™ demon- stration/development board series of circuits, Microchip has a line of evaluation kits and demonstration software for analog filter design, KEELOQ® security ICs, CAN, IrDA® , PowerSmart battery management, SEEVAL® evaluation system, Sigma-Delta ADC, flow rate sensing, plus many more. Also available are starter kits that contain everything needed to experience the specified device. This usually includes a single application and debug capability, all on one board. Check the Microchip web page (www.microchip.com) for the complete list of demonstration, development and evaluation kits.
  • 55.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 55 PIC16C505 10.0 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS - PIC16C505 Absolute Maximum Ratings† Ambient Temperature under bias...........................................................................................................–40°C to +125°C Storage Temperature .............................................................................................................................–65°C to +150°C Voltage on VDD with respect to VSS ....................................................................................................................0 to +7 V Voltage on MCLR with respect to VSS...............................................................................................................0 to +14 V Voltage on all other pins with respect to VSS ............................................................................... –0.6 V to (VDD + 0.6 V) Total Power Dissipation(1) ....................................................................................................................................700 mW Max. Current out of VSS pin ..................................................................................................................................150 mA Max. Current into VDD pin .....................................................................................................................................125 mA Input Clamp Current, IIK (VI < 0 or VI > VDD)20 mA Output Clamp Current, IOK (VO < 0 or VO > VDD)20 mA Max. Output Current sunk by any I/O pin................................................................................................................25 mA Max. Output Current sourced by any I/O pin...........................................................................................................25 mA Max. Output Current sourced by I/O port .............................................................................................................100 mA Max. Output Current sunk by I/O port ..................................................................................................................100 mA Note 1: Power Dissipation is calculated as follows: PDIS = VDD x {IDD -  IOH} +  {(VDD-VOH) x IOH} + (VOL x IOL) † NOTICE: Stresses above those listed under "Maximum Ratings" may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device at those or any other conditions above those indicated in the operation listings of this specification is not implied. Exposure to maximum rating conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability.
  • 56. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 56  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. FIGURE 10-1: PIC16C505 VOLTAGE-FREQUENCY GRAPH, 0C  TA  +70C FIGURE 10-2: PIC16C505 VOLTAGE-FREQUENCY GRAPH, -40C  TA  0C, +70C  TA  +125C 6.0 2.5 4.0 3.0 0 3.5 4.5 5.0 5.5 4 10 Frequency (MHz) VDD 20 (Volts) 25 2.0 6.0 2.5 4.0 3.0 0 3.5 4.5 5.0 5.5 4 10 Frequency (MHz) VDD 20 (Volts) 25 2.0 Note 1: The shaded region indicates the permissible combinations of voltage and frequency. 2: The maximum rated speed of the part limits the permissible combinations of voltage and frequency. Please reference the Product Identification System section for the maximum rated speed of the parts. Note 1: The shaded region indicates the permissible combinations of voltage and frequency. 2: The maximum rated speed of the part limits the permissible combinations of voltage and frequency. Please reference the Product Identification System section for the maximum rated speed of the parts.
  • 57.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 57 PIC16C505 FIGURE 10-3: PIC16LC505 VOLTAGE-FREQUENCY GRAPH, -40C  TA  +85C 6.0 2.5 4.0 3.0 0 3.5 4.5 5.0 5.5 4 10 Frequency (MHz) VDD 20 (Volts) 25 2.0 Note 1: The shaded region indicates the permissible combinations of voltage and frequency. 2: The maximum rated speed of the part limits the permissible combinations of voltage and frequency. Please reference the Product Identification System section for the maximum rated speed of the parts.
  • 58. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 58  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. 10.1 DC CHARACTERISTICS: PIC16C505-04 (Commercial, Industrial, Extended) PIC16C505-20(Commercial, Industrial, Extended) DC Characteristics Power Supply Pins Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise specified) Operating Temperature 0C  TA  +70C (commercial) –40C  TA  +85C (industrial) –40C  TA  +125C (extended) Parm. No. Characteristic Sym Min Typ(1) Max Units Conditions D001 Supply Voltage VDD 3.0 5.5 V See Figure 10-1 through Figure 10-3 D002 RAM Data Retention Voltage(2) VDR — 1.5* — V Device in SLEEP mode D003 VDD Start Voltage to ensure Power-on Reset VPOR — VSS — V See section on Power-on Reset for details D004 VDD Rise Rate to ensure Power-on Reset SVDD 0.05* — — V/ms See section on Power-on Reset for details D010 Supply Current(3) IDD — — — — — — 0.8 0.6 3 4 4.5 19 1.4 1.0 7 12 16 27 mA mA mA mA mA A FOSC = 4MHz, VDD = 5.5V, WDT disabled (Note 4)* FOSC = 4MHz, VDD = 3.0V, WDT disabled (Note 4) FOSC = 10MHz, VDD = 3.0V, WDT disabled (Note 6) FOSC = 20MHz, VDD = 4.5V, WDT disabled FOSC = 20MHz, VDD = 5.5V, WDT disabled* FOSC = 32kHz, VDD = 3.0V, WDT disabled (Note 6) D020 Power-Down Current (5) IPD — — — — 0.25 0.4 3 5 4 5.5 8 14 A A A A VDD = 3.0V (Note 6) VDD = 4.5V* (Note 6) VDD = 5.5V, Industrial VDD = 5.5V, Extended Temp. D022 WDT Current(5) IWDT — 2.2 5 A VDD = 3.0V (Note 6) 1A LP Oscillator Operating Frequency RC Oscillator Operating Frequency XT Oscillator Operating Frequency HS Oscillator Operating Frequency Fosc 0 0 0 0 — — — — 200 4 4 20 kHz MHz MHz MHz All temperatures All temperatures All temperatures All temperatures * These parameters are characterized but not tested. Note 1: Data in the Typical (“Typ”) column is based on characterization results at 25C. This data is for design guidance only and is not tested. 2: This is the limit to which VDD can be lowered in SLEEP mode without losing RAM data. 3: The supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. Other factors such as bus loading, oscillator type, bus rate, internal code execution pattern and temperature also have an impact on the current consumption. a) The test conditions for all IDD measurements in active operation mode are: OSC1 = external square wave, from rail-to-rail; all I/O pins tristated, pulled to VSS, T0CKI = VDD, MCLR = VDD; WDT enabled/disabled as specified. b) For standby current measurements, the conditions are the same, except that the device is in SLEEP mode. 4: Does not include current through Rext. The current through the resistor can be estimated by the formula: IR = VDD/2Rext (mA) with Rext in kOhm. 5: The power down current in SLEEP mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power down current is measured with the part in SLEEP mode, with all I/O pins in hi-impedance state and tied to VDD or VSS. 6: Commercial temperature range only.
  • 59.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 59 PIC16C505 10.2 DC CHARACTERISTICS: PIC16LC505-04 (Commercial, Industrial) DC Characteristics Power Supply Pins Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise specified) Operating Temperature 0C  TA  +70C (commercial) –40C  TA  +85C (industrial) Parm. No. Characteristic Sym Min Typ(1) Max Units Conditions D001 Supply Voltage VDD 2.5 — 5.5 V See Figure 10-1 through Figure 10-3 D002 RAM Data Retention Voltage(2) VDR — 1.5* — V Device in SLEEP mode D003 VDD Start Voltage to ensure Power-on Reset VPOR — VSS — V See section on Power-on Reset for details D004 VDD Rise Rate to ensure Power-on Reset SVDD 0.05* — — V/ms See section on Power-on Reset for details D010 Supply Current(3) IDD — — — 0.8 0.4 15 1.4 0.8 23 mA mA A FOSC = 4MHz, VDD = 5.5V, WDT disabled (Note 4)* FOSC = 4MHz, VDD = 2.5V, WDT disabled (Note 4) FOSC = 32kHz, VDD = 2.5V, WDT disabled (Note 6) D020 Power-Down Current (5) IPD — — — 0.25 0.25 3 3 4 8 A A A VDD = 2.5V (Note 6) VDD = 3.0V * (Note 6) VDD = 5.5V Industrial D022 WDT Current(5) IWDT — 2.0 4 A VDD = 2.5V (Note 6) 1A LP Oscillator Operating Frequency RC Oscillator Operating Frequency XT Oscillator Operating Frequency HS Oscillator Operating Frequency FOSC 0 0 0 0 — — — — 200 4 4 4 kHz MHz MHz MHz All temperatures All temperatures All temperatures All temperatures * These parameters are characterized but not tested. Note 1: Data in the Typical (“Typ”) column is based on characterization results at 25C. This data is for design guidance only and is not tested. 2: This is the limit to which VDD can be lowered in SLEEP mode without losing RAM data. 3: The supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. Other factors such as bus loading, oscillator type, bus rate, internal code execution pattern and temperature also have an impact on the current consumption. a) The test conditions for all IDD measurements in active operation mode are: OSC1 = external square wave, from rail-to-rail; all I/O pins tristated, pulled to VSS, T0CKI = VDD, MCLR = VDD; WDT enabled/disabled as specified. b) For standby current measurements, the conditions are the same, except that the device is in SLEEP mode. 4: Does not include current through Rext. The current through the resistor can be estimated by the formula: IR = VDD/2Rext (mA) with Rext in kOhm. 5: The power down current in SLEEP mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power down current is measured with the part in SLEEP mode, with all I/O pins in hi-impedance state and tied to VDD or VSS. 6: Commercial temperature range only.
  • 60. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 60  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. 10.3 DC CHARACTERISTICS: PIC16C505-04 (Commercial, Industrial, Extended) PIC16C505-20(Commercial, Industrial, Extended) PIC16LC505-04 (Commercial, Industrial) DC CHARACTERISTICS Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise specified) Operating temperature 0°C  TA  +70°C (commercial) –40°C  TA  +85°C (industrial) –40°C  TA  +125°C (extended) Operating voltage VDD range as described in DC spec Section 10.1 and Section 10.3. Param No. Characteristic Sym Min Typ† Max Units Conditions Input Low Voltage I/O ports VIL D030 with TTL buffer VSS — 0.8V V For all 4.5  VDD 5.5V D030A VSS — 0.15VDD V otherwise D031 with Schmitt Trigger buffer VSS — 0.2VDD V D032 MCLR, RC5/T0CKI (in EXTRC mode) VSS — 0.2VDD V D033 OSC1 (in XT, HS and LP) VSS — 0.3VDD V Note1 Input High Voltage I/O ports VIH — D040 with TTL buffer 2.0 — VDD V 4.5  VDD 5.5V D040A 0.25VDD + 0.8VDD — VDD V otherwise D041 with Schmitt Trigger buffer 0.8VDD — VDD V For entire VDD range D042 MCLR, RC5/T0CKI 0.8VDD — VDD V D042A OSC1 (XT, HS and LP) 0.7VDD — VDD V Note1 D043 OSC1 (in EXTRC mode) 0.9VDD — VDD V D070 GPIO weak pull-up current (Note 4) IPUR 50 250 400 A VDD = 5V, VPIN = VSS Input Leakage Current (Notes 2, 3) D060 I/O ports IIL — — ±1 A Vss VPIN VDD, Pin at hi-impedance D061 GP3/MCLRI (Note 5) — — ±30 A Vss VPIN VDD D061A GP3/MCLRI (Note 6) — — ±5 A Vss VPIN VDD D063 OSC1 — — ±5 A Vss VPIN VDD, XT, HS and LP osc configuration Output Low Voltage D080 I/O ports/CLKOUT VOL — — 0.6 V IOL = 8.5 mA, VDD = 4.5V, –40C to +85C D080A — — 0.6 V IOL = 7.0 mA, VDD = 4.5V, –40C to +125C D083 OSC2 — — 0.6 V IOL = 1.6 mA, VDD = 4.5V, –40C to +85C D083A — — 0.6 V IOL = 1.2 mA, VDD = 4.5V, –40C to +125C † Data in “Typ” column is at 5V, 25C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Note 1: In EXTRC oscillator configuration, the OSC1/CLKIN pin is a Schmitt Trigger input. It is not recommended that the PIC16C505 be driven with external clock in RC mode. 2: The leakage current on the MCLR pin is strongly dependent on the applied voltage level. The specified levels represent nor- mal operating conditions. Higher leakage current may be measured at different input voltages. 3: Negative current is defined as coming out of the pin. 4: Does not include GP3. For GP3 see parameters D061 and D061A. 5: This spec. applies to GP3/MCLR configured as external MCLR and GP3/MCLR configured as input with internal pull-up enabled. 6: This spec. applies when GP3/MCLR is configured as an input with pull-up disabled. The leakage current of the MCLR circuit is higher than the standard I/O logic.
  • 61.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 61 PIC16C505 Output High Voltage D090 I/O ports/CLKOUT (Note 3) VOH VDD - 0.7 — — V IOH = -3.0 mA, VDD = 4.5V, –40C to +85C D090A VDD - 0.7 — — V IOH = -2.5 mA, VDD = 4.5V, –40C to +125C D092 OSC2 VDD - 0.7 — — V IOH = -1.3 mA, VDD = 4.5V, –40C to +85C D092A VDD - 0.7 — — V IOH = -1.0 mA, VDD = 4.5V, –40C to +125C Capacitive Loading Specs on Output Pins D100 OSC2 pin COSC2 — — 15 pF In XT, HS and LP modes when external clock is used to drive OSC1. D101 All I/O pins and OSC2 CIO — — 50 pF DC CHARACTERISTICS Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise specified) Operating temperature 0°C  TA  +70°C (commercial) –40°C  TA  +85°C (industrial) –40°C  TA  +125°C (extended) Operating voltage VDD range as described in DC spec Section 10.1 and Section 10.3. Param No. Characteristic Sym Min Typ† Max Units Conditions † Data in “Typ” column is at 5V, 25C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Note 1: In EXTRC oscillator configuration, the OSC1/CLKIN pin is a Schmitt Trigger input. It is not recommended that the PIC16C505 be driven with external clock in RC mode. 2: The leakage current on the MCLR pin is strongly dependent on the applied voltage level. The specified levels represent nor- mal operating conditions. Higher leakage current may be measured at different input voltages. 3: Negative current is defined as coming out of the pin. 4: Does not include GP3. For GP3 see parameters D061 and D061A. 5: This spec. applies to GP3/MCLR configured as external MCLR and GP3/MCLR configured as input with internal pull-up enabled. 6: This spec. applies when GP3/MCLR is configured as an input with pull-up disabled. The leakage current of the MCLR circuit is higher than the standard I/O logic.
  • 62. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 62  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. TABLE 10-1: PULL-UP RESISTOR RANGES - PIC16C505 VDD (Volts) Temperature (C) Min Typ Max Units RB0/RB1/RB4 2.5 –40 38K 42K 63K W 25 42K 48K 63K W 85 42K 49K 63K W 125 50K 55K 63K W 5.5 –40 15K 17K 20K W 25 18K 20K 23K W 85 19K 22K 25K W 125 22K 24K 28K W RB3 2.5 –40 285K 346K 417K W 25 343K 414K 532K W 85 368K 457K 532K W 125 431K 504K 593K W 5.5 –40 247K 292K 360K W 25 288K 341K 437K W 85 306K 371K 448K W 125 351K 407K 500K W * These parameters are characterized but not tested.
  • 63.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 63 PIC16C505 10.4 Timing Parameter Symbology and Load Conditions - PIC16C505 The timing parameter symbols have been created following one of the following formats: 1. TppS2ppS 2. TppS T F Frequency T Time Lowercase subscripts (pp) and their meanings: pp 2 to mc MCLR ck CLKOUT osc oscillator cy cycle time os OSC1 drt device reset timer t0 T0CKI io I/O port wdt watchdog timer Uppercase letters and their meanings: S F Fall P Period H High R Rise I Invalid (Hi-impedance) V Valid L Low Z Hi-impedance FIGURE 10-4: LOAD CONDITIONS - PIC16C505 CL VSS Pin CL = 50 pF for all pins except OSC2 15 pF for OSC2 in XT, HS or LP modes when external clock is used to drive OSC1
  • 64. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 64  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. 10.5 Timing Diagrams and Specifications FIGURE 10-5: EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING - PIC16C505 TABLE 10-2: EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING REQUIREMENTS - PIC16C505 AC Characteristics Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise specified) Operating Temperature 0C  TA  +70C (commercial), –40C  TA  +85C (industrial), –40C  TA  +125C (extended) Operating Voltage VDD range is described in Section 10.1 Parameter No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ(1) Max Units Conditions 1A FOSC External CLKIN Frequency(2) DC — 4 MHz XT osc mode DC — 4 MHz HS osc mode (PIC16C505-04) DC — 20 MHz HS osc mode (PIC16C505-20) DC — 200 kHz LP osc mode Oscillator Frequency(2) DC — 4 MHz EXTRC osc mode 0.1 — 4 MHz XT osc mode 4 — 4 MHz HS osc mode (PIC16C505-04) DC — 200 kHz LP osc mode 1 TOSC External CLKIN Period(2) 250 — — ns XT osc mode 50 — — ns HS osc mode (PIC16C505-20) — — µs LP osc mode Oscillator Period(2) 250 — — ns EXTRC osc mode 250 — 10,000 ns XT osc mode 250 — 250 ns HS ocs mode (PIC16C505-04) 50 — 250 ns HS ocs mode (PIC16C505-20) 5 — — µs LP osc mode 2 TCY Instruction Cycle Time — 4/FOSC DC ns 200 — ns * These parameters are characterized but not tested. Note 1: Data in the Typical (“Typ”) column is at 5V, 25C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. 2: All specified values are based on characterization data for that particular oscillator type under standard operating condi- tions with the device executing code. Exceeding these specified limits may result in an unstable oscillator operation and/or higher than expected current consumption. When an external clock input is used, the “max” cycle time limit is “DC” (no clock) for all devices. OSC1 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 1 3 3 4 4 2
  • 65.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 65 PIC16C505 TABLE 10-3: CALIBRATED INTERNAL RC FREQUENCIES - PIC16C505 3 TosL, TosH Clock in (OSC1) Low or High Time 50* — — ns XT oscillator 2* — — µs LP oscillator 10 ns HS oscillator 4 TosR, TosF Clock in (OSC1) Rise or Fall Time — — 25* ns XT oscillator — — 50* ns LP oscillator — — 15 ns HS oscillator AC Characteristics Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise specified) Operating Temperature 0C  TA  +70C (commercial), –40C  TA  +85C (industrial), –40C  TA  +125C (extended) Operating Voltage VDD range is described in Section 10.1 Parameter No. Sym Characteristic Min* Typ(1) Max* Units Conditions Internal Calibrated RC Frequency 3.65 4.00 4.28 MHz VDD = 5.0V Internal Calibrated RC Frequency 3.55 4.00 4.31 MHz VDD = 2.5V * These parameters are characterized but not tested. Note 1: Data in the Typical (“Typ”) column is at 5V, 25C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. TABLE 10-2: EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING REQUIREMENTS - PIC16C505 (CONTINUED) AC Characteristics Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise specified) Operating Temperature 0C  TA  +70C (commercial), –40C  TA  +85C (industrial), –40C  TA  +125C (extended) Operating Voltage VDD range is described in Section 10.1 Parameter No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ(1) Max Units Conditions * These parameters are characterized but not tested. Note 1: Data in the Typical (“Typ”) column is at 5V, 25C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. 2: All specified values are based on characterization data for that particular oscillator type under standard operating condi- tions with the device executing code. Exceeding these specified limits may result in an unstable oscillator operation and/or higher than expected current consumption. When an external clock input is used, the “max” cycle time limit is “DC” (no clock) for all devices.
  • 66. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 66  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. FIGURE 10-6: I/O TIMING - PIC16C505 TABLE 10-4: TIMING REQUIREMENTS - PIC16C505 AC Characteristics Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise specified) Operating Temperature 0C  TA  +70C (commercial) –40C  TA  +85C (industrial) –40C  TA  +125C (extended) Operating Voltage VDD range is described in Section 10.1 Parameter No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ(1) Max Units 17 TosH2ioV OSC1 (Q1 cycle) to Port out valid(2,3) — — 100* ns 18 TosH2ioI OSC1 (Q2 cycle) to Port input invalid (I/O in hold time)(2) TBD — — ns 19 TioV2osH Port input valid to OSC1 (I/O in setup time) TBD — — ns 20 TioR Port output rise time(3) — 10 25** ns 21 TioF Port output fall time(3) — 10 25** ns * These parameters are characterized but not tested. ** These parameters are design targets and are not tested. Note 1: Data in the Typical (“Typ”) column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. 2: Measurements are taken in EXTRC mode. 3: See Figure 10-4 for loading conditions. OSC1 I/O Pin (input) I/O Pin (output) Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 17 20, 21 18 Old Value New Value Note: All tests must be done with specified capacitive loads (see data sheet) 50 pF on I/O pins and CLKOUT. 19
  • 67.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 67 PIC16C505 FIGURE 10-7: RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, AND DEVICE RESET TIMER TIMING - PIC16C505 TABLE 10-5: RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, AND DEVICE RESET TIMER - PIC16C505 TABLE 10-6: DRT (DEVICE RESET TIMER PERIOD - PIC16C505 AC Characteristics Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise specified) Operating Temperature 0C  TA  +70C (commercial) –40C  TA  +85C (industrial) –40C  TA  +125C (extended) Operating Voltage VDD range is described in Section 10.1 Parameter No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ(1) Max Units Conditions 30 TmcL MCLR Pulse Width (low) 2000* — — ns VDD = 5.0 V 31 Twdt Watchdog Timer Time-out Period (No Prescaler) 9* 18* 30* ms VDD = 5.0 V (Commercial) 32 TDRT Device Reset Timer Period(2) 9* 18* 30* ms VDD = 5.0 V (Commercial) 34 TioZ I/O Hi-impedance from MCLR Low — — 2000* ns * These parameters are characterized but not tested. Note 1: Data in the Typical (“Typ”) column is at 5V, 25C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Oscillator Configuration POR Reset Subsequent Resets IntRC & ExtRC 18 ms (typical) 300 µs (typical) XT, HS & LP 18 ms (typical) 18 ms (typical) VDD MCLR Internal POR DRT Timeout Internal RESET Watchdog Timer RESET 32 31 34 I/O pin 32 32 34 (Note 1) 30 (Note 2) Note 1: I/O pins must be taken out of hi-impedance mode by enabling the output drivers in software. 2: Runs in MCLR or WDT reset only in XT, LP and HS modes.
  • 68. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 68  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. FIGURE 10-8: TIMER0 CLOCK TIMINGS - PIC16C505 TABLE 10-7: TIMER0 CLOCK REQUIREMENTS - PIC16C505 AC Characteristics Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise specified) Operating Temperature 0C  TA  +70C (commercial) –40C  TA  +85C (industrial) –40C  TA  +125C (extended) Operating Voltage VDD range is described in Section 10.1. Parm No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ(1) Max Units Conditions 40 Tt0H T0CKI High Pulse Width No Prescaler 0.5 TCY + 20* — — ns With Prescaler 10* — — ns 41 Tt0L T0CKI Low Pulse Width No Prescaler 0.5 TCY + 20* — — ns With Prescaler 10* — — ns 42 Tt0P T0CKI Period 20 or TCY + 40* N — — ns Whichever is greater. N = Prescale Value (1, 2, 4,..., 256) * These parameters are characterized but not tested. Note 1: Data in the Typical (“Typ”) column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. T0CKI 40 41 42
  • 69.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 69 PIC16C505 11.0 DC AND AC CHARACTERISTICS - PIC16C505 The graphs and tables provided in this section are for design guidance and are not tested. In some graphs or tables the data presented are outside specified operating range (e.g., outside specified VDD range). This is for information only and devices will operate properly only within the specified range. The data presented in this section is a statistical summary of data collected on units from different lots over a period of time. “Typical” represents the mean of the distribution while “max” or “min” represents (mean + 3) and (mean – 3) respectively, where  is standard deviation. FIGURE 11-1: CALIBRATED INTERNAL RC FREQUENCY RANGE VS. TEMPERATURE (VDD = 5.0V) (INTERNAL RC IS CALIBRATED TO 25°C, 5.0V) FIGURE 11-2: CALIBRATED INTERNAL RC FREQUENCY RANGE VS. TEMPERATURE (VDD = 2.5V) (INTERNAL RC IS CALIBRATED TO 25°C, 5.0V) 4.40 4.30 4.20 4.10 4.00 3.90 3.80 3.70 3.60 3.50 -40 25 85 125 4.50 0 Max. Min. Frequency(MHz) Temperature (Deg.C) 4.40 4.30 4.20 4.10 4.00 3.90 3.80 3.70 3.60 3.50 -40 25 85 125 4.50 0 Max. Min. Frequency(MHz) Temperature (Deg.C)
  • 70. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 70  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. TABLE 11-1: DYNAMIC IDD (TYPICAL) - WDT ENABLED, 25°C FIGURE 11-3: WDT TIMER TIME-OUT PERIOD vs. VDD FIGURE 11-4: SHORT DRT PERIOD VS. VDD Oscillator Frequency VDD = 3.0V(1) VDD = 5.5V External RC 4 MHz 240 µA(2) 800 µA(2) Internal RC 4 MHz 320 µA 800 µA XT 4 MHz 300 µA 800 µA LP 32 kHz 19 µA 50 µA HS 20 MHz N/A 4.5 mA Note 1: LP oscillator based on VDD = 2.5V 2: Does not include current through external R&C. MIn –40C Typ +25C Max +85C Max +125C 55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 0 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 VDD (Volts) WDTperiod(µS) MIn –40C Typ +25C Max +85C Max +125C 950 850 750 650 550 450 350 250 150 0 0 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 VDD (Volts) WDTperiod(µs)
  • 71.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 71 PIC16C505 FIGURE 11-5: IOH vs. VOH, VDD = 2.5 V FIGURE 11-6: IOH vs. VOH, VDD = 5.5 V 500m 1.0 1.5 VOH (Volts) IOH(mA) 2.0 2.5 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 Min +125C Max –40C Typ +25C Min +85C 3.5 4.0 4.5 VOH (Volts) IOH(mA) 5.0 5.5 0 -5 -10 -15 -20 -25 -30 M in +125C M ax –40C Typ +25C M in +85C FIGURE 11-7: IOL vs. VOL, VDD = 2.5 V FIGURE 11-8: IOL vs. VOL, VDD = 5.5 V 25 20 15 10 5 0 250.0m 500.0m 1.0 VOL (Volts) IOL(mA) Min +85C Max –40C Typ +25C 0 Min +125C 50 40 30 20 10 0 500.0m 750.0m 1.0 VOL (Volts) IOL(mA) 250.0m Min +85C Max –40C Typ +25C Min +125C
  • 72. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 72  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. NOTES:
  • 73.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 73 PIC16C505 12.0 PACKAGING INFORMATION 12.1 Package Marking Information 14-Lead PDIP (300 mil) Example PIC16C505 9904SAZ 14-Lead SOIC (3.90 mm) Example 9904SAZ Legend: XX...X Customer-specific information Y Year code (last digit of calendar year) YY Year code (last 2 digits of calendar year) WW Week code (week of January 1 is week ‘01’) NNN Alphanumeric traceability code Pb-free JEDEC designator for Matte Tin (Sn) * This package is Pb-free. The Pb-free JEDEC designator ( ) can be found on the outer packaging for this package. Note: In the event the full Microchip part number cannot be marked on one line, it will be carried over to the next line, thus limiting the number of available characters for customer-specific information. 3e 3e 14-Lead TSSOP (4.4 mm) Example YYWW NNN XXXXXXXX 16C505 -04/P 3e PIC16C505 -04/SL 3e XXXYYWW NNN 3e 04/9904 SAZ
  • 74. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 74  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. /HDG 3ODVWLF 'XDO ,Q/LQH 3
  • 75. ± PLO %RG 3',3@ 1RWHV 3LQ YLVXDO LQGH[ IHDWXUH PD YDU EXW PXVW EH ORFDWHG ZLWK WKH KDWFKHG DUHD † 6LJQLILFDQW KDUDFWHULVWLF 'LPHQVLRQV ' DQG ( GR QRW LQFOXGH PROG IODVK RU SURWUXVLRQV 0ROG IODVK RU SURWUXVLRQV VKDOO QRW H[FHHG SHU VLGH 'LPHQVLRQLQJ DQG WROHUDQFLQJ SHU $60( 0 %6 %DVLF 'LPHQVLRQ 7KHRUHWLFDOO H[DFW YDOXH VKRZQ ZLWKRXW WROHUDQFHV 1RWH )RU WKH PRVW FXUUHQW SDFNDJH GUDZLQJV SOHDVH VHH WKH 0LFURFKLS 3DFNDJLQJ 6SHFLILFDWLRQ ORFDWHG DW KWWSZZZPLFURFKLSFRPSDFNDJLQJ 8QLWV ,1+(6 'LPHQVLRQ /LPLWV 0,1 120 0$; 1XPEHU RI 3LQV 1 3LWFK H %6 7RS WR 6HDWLQJ 3ODQH $ ± ± 0ROGHG 3DFNDJH 7KLFNQHVV $ %DVH WR 6HDWLQJ 3ODQH $ ± ± 6KRXOGHU WR 6KRXOGHU :LGWK ( 0ROGHG 3DFNDJH :LGWK ( 2YHUDOO /HQJWK ' 7LS WR 6HDWLQJ 3ODQH / /HDG 7KLFNQHVV F 8SSHU /HDG :LGWK E /RZHU /HDG :LGWK E 2YHUDOO 5RZ 6SDFLQJ † H% ± ± N E1 D NOTE 1 1 2 3 E c eB A2 L A A1 b1 b e 0LFURFKLS 7HFKQRORJ 'UDZLQJ %
  • 76.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 75 PIC16C505 Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging
  • 77. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 76  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging
  • 78.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 77 PIC16C505 1RWH )RU WKH PRVW FXUUHQW SDFNDJH GUDZLQJV SOHDVH VHH WKH 0LFURFKLS 3DFNDJLQJ 6SHFLILFDWLRQ ORFDWHG DW KWWSZZZPLFURFKLSFRPSDFNDJLQJ
  • 79. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 78  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging
  • 80.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 79 PIC16C505 Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging
  • 81. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 80  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging
  • 82.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 81 PIC18F66K80 FAMILY APPENDIX A: REVISION HISTORY Revision D (June 2012) • Section 12.0 “Packaging Information” was updated with current package outline drawings. • Removed Section 2.1 “UV Erasable Devices” section.
  • 83. PIC18F66K80 FAMILY DS40192D-page 82  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. NOTES:
  • 84.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 83 PIC16C505 INDEX A ALU ....................................................................................... 7 Applications........................................................................... 3 Architectural Overview .......................................................... 7 Assembler MPASM Assembler..................................................... 52 B Block Diagram On-Chip Reset Circuit................................................. 33 Timer0......................................................................... 23 TMR0/WDT Prescaler................................................. 26 Watchdog Timer.......................................................... 35 Brown-Out Protection Circuit .............................................. 36 C C Compilers MPLAB C18 ................................................................ 52 CAL0 bit .............................................................................. 16 CAL1 bit .............................................................................. 16 CAL2 bit .............................................................................. 16 CAL3 bit .............................................................................. 16 CALFST bit ......................................................................... 16 CALSLW bit ........................................................................ 16 Carry ..................................................................................... 7 Clocking Scheme ................................................................ 10 Code Protection ............................................................ 27, 37 Configuration Bits................................................................ 27 Configuration Word ............................................................. 27 Customer Change Notification Service ............................... 85 Customer Notification Service............................................. 85 Customer Support............................................................... 85 D DC and AC Characteristics ................................................. 69 Development Support ......................................................... 51 Device Varieties .................................................................... 5 Digit Carry ............................................................................. 7 E Errata .................................................................................... 2 F Family of Devices PIC16C505 ................................................................... 4 FSR..................................................................................... 18 I I/O Interfacing ..................................................................... 19 I/O Ports.............................................................................. 19 I/O Programming Considerations........................................ 20 ID Locations .................................................................. 27, 37 INDF.................................................................................... 18 Indirect Data Addressing..................................................... 18 Instruction Cycle ................................................................. 10 Instruction Flow/Pipelining .................................................. 10 Instruction Set Summary..................................................... 40 Internet Address.................................................................. 85 L Loading of PC..................................................................... 17 M Memory Organization ......................................................... 11 Data Memory .............................................................. 12 Program Memory........................................................ 11 Microchip Internet Web Site................................................ 85 MPLAB ASM30 Assembler, Linker, Librarian..................... 52 MPLAB Integrated Development Environment Software.... 51 MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer ...................................... 54 MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit Emulator System .................. 53 MPLINK Object Linker/MPLIB Object Librarian.................. 52 O OPTION Register................................................................ 15 OSC selection..................................................................... 27 OSCCAL Register............................................................... 16 Oscillator Configurations..................................................... 28 Oscillator Types HS............................................................................... 28 LP ............................................................................... 28 RC .............................................................................. 28 XT............................................................................... 28 P Package Marking Information............................................. 73 Packaging Information........................................................ 73 POR Device Reset Timer (DRT) ................................... 27, 34 PD............................................................................... 36 Power-On Reset (POR).............................................. 27 TO............................................................................... 36 PORTB ............................................................................... 19 Power-Down Mode ............................................................. 37 Prescaler ............................................................................ 26 Program Counter ................................................................ 17 Q Q cycles.............................................................................. 10 R RC Oscillator....................................................................... 29 Read Modify Write .............................................................. 20 Reader Response............................................................... 86 Register File Map................................................................ 12 Registers Special Function ......................................................... 13 Reset .................................................................................. 27 Reset on Brown-Out ........................................................... 36 Revision History.................................................................. 81 S SLEEP .......................................................................... 27, 37 Software Simulator (MPLAB SIM) ...................................... 53 Special Features of the CPU .............................................. 27 Special Function Registers................................................. 13 Stack................................................................................... 17 STATUS ............................................................................... 7 STATUS Register ............................................................... 14 T Timer0 Switching Prescaler Assignment ................................ 26 Timer0 ........................................................................ 23 Timer0 (TMR0) Module .............................................. 23 TMR0 with External Clock .......................................... 25 Timing Diagrams and Specifications .................................. 64 Timing Parameter Symbology and Load Conditions .......... 63 TRIS Registers ................................................................... 19
  • 85. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 84  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. W Wake-up from SLEEP.........................................................37 Watchdog Timer (WDT) ................................................ 27, 34 Period..........................................................................35 Programming Considerations .....................................35 WWW Address....................................................................85 WWW, On-Line Support........................................................2 Z Zero bit..................................................................................7
  • 86.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 85 PIC16C505 THE MICROCHIP WEB SITE Microchip provides online support via our WWW site at www.microchip.com. This web site is used as a means to make files and information easily available to customers. Accessible by using your favorite Internet browser, the web site contains the following information: • Product Support – Data sheets and errata, application notes and sample programs, design resources, user’s guides and hardware support documents, latest software releases and archived software • General Technical Support – Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), technical support requests, online discussion groups, Microchip consultant program member listing • Business of Microchip – Product selector and ordering guides, latest Microchip press releases, listing of seminars and events, listings of Microchip sales offices, distributors and factory representatives CUSTOMER CHANGE NOTIFICATION SERVICE Microchip’s customer notification service helps keep customers current on Microchip products. Subscribers will receive e-mail notification whenever there are changes, updates, revisions or errata related to a specified product family or development tool of interest. To register, access the Microchip web site at www.microchip.com. Under “Support”, click on “Customer Change Notification” and follow the registration instructions. CUSTOMER SUPPORT Users of Microchip products can receive assistance through several channels: • Distributor or Representative • Local Sales Office • Field Application Engineer (FAE) • Technical Support Customers should contact their distributor, representative or field application engineer (FAE) for support. Local sales offices are also available to help customers. A listing of sales offices and locations is included in the back of this document. Technical support is available through the web site at: http://microchip.com/support
  • 87. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 86  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. READER RESPONSE It is our intention to provide you with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your Microchip product. If you wish to provide your comments on organization, clarity, subject matter, and ways in which our documentation can better serve you, please FAX your comments to the Technical Publications Manager at (480) 792-4150. Please list the following information, and use this outline to provide us with your comments about this document. TO: Technical Publications Manager RE: Reader Response Total Pages Sent ________ From: Name Company Address City / State / ZIP / Country Telephone: (_______) _________ - _________ Application (optional): Would you like a reply? Y N Device: Literature Number: Questions: FAX: (______) _________ - _________ DS40192DPIC16C505 1. What are the best features of this document? 2. How does this document meet your hardware and software development needs? 3. Do you find the organization of this document easy to follow? If not, why? 4. What additions to the document do you think would enhance the structure and subject? 5. What deletions from the document could be made without affecting the overall usefulness? 6. Is there any incorrect or misleading information (what and where)? 7. How would you improve this document?
  • 88.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 87 PIC16C505 PIC16C505 Product Identification System Please contact your local sales office for exact ordering procedures. Sales and Support Data Sheets Products supported by a preliminary Data Sheet may have an errata sheet describing minor operational differences and recom- mended workarounds. To determine if an errata sheet exists for a particular device, please contact one of the following: 1. Your local Microchip sales office 2. The Microchip Worldwide Site (www.microchip.com) Please specify which device, revision of silicon and Data Sheet (include Literature #) you are using. New Customer Notification System Register on our web site (www.microchip.com/cn) to receive the most current information on our products. Pattern: Special Requirements Package: SL = 150 mil SOIC P = 300 mil PDIP ST = 4.4 mm TSSOP Temperature Range: - = 0C to +70C I = -40C to +85C E = -40C to +125C Frequency Range: 04 = 4 MHz (XT, INTRC, EXTRC OSC) 20 = 20 MHz (HS OSC) Device PIC16C505 PIC16LC505 PIC16C505T (Tape reel for SOIC only) PIC16LC505T (Tape reel for SOIC only) PART NO. -XX X /XX XXX Examples a) PIC16C505-04/P Commercial Temp., PDIP Package, 4 MHz, normal VDD limits b) PIC16C505-04I/SL Industrial Temp., SOIC package,4 MHz,normal VDD limits c) PIC16C505-04I/P Industrial Temp., PDIP package, 4 MHz, normal VDD limits
  • 89. PIC16C505 DS40192D-page 88  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. NOTES:
  • 90.  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40192D-page 89 Information contained in this publication regarding device applications and the like is provided only for your convenience and may be superseded by updates. It is your responsibility to ensure that your application meets with your specifications. MICROCHIP MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WRITTEN OR ORAL, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, RELATED TO THE INFORMATION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ITS CONDITION, QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR PURPOSE. Microchip disclaims all liability arising from this information and its use. Use of Microchip devices in life support and/or safety applications is entirely at the buyer’s risk, and the buyer agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Microchip from any and all damages, claims, suits, or expenses resulting from such use. No licenses are conveyed, implicitly or otherwise, under any Microchip intellectual property rights. Trademarks The Microchip name and logo, the Microchip logo, dsPIC, KEELOQ, KEELOQ logo, MPLAB, PIC, PICmicro, PICSTART, PIC32 logo, rfPIC and UNI/O are registered trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. and other countries. FilterLab, Hampshire, HI-TECH C, Linear Active Thermistor, MXDEV, MXLAB, SEEVAL and The Embedded Control Solutions Company are registered trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. Analog-for-the-Digital Age, Application Maestro, chipKIT, chipKIT logo, CodeGuard, dsPICDEM, dsPICDEM.net, dsPICworks, dsSPEAK, ECAN, ECONOMONITOR, FanSense, HI-TIDE, In-Circuit Serial Programming, ICSP, Mindi, MiWi, MPASM, MPLAB Certified logo, MPLIB, MPLINK, mTouch, Omniscient Code Generation, PICC, PICC-18, PICDEM, PICDEM.net, PICkit, PICtail, REAL ICE, rfLAB, Select Mode, Total Endurance, TSHARC, UniWinDriver, WiperLock and ZENA are trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. and other countries. SQTP is a service mark of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. All other trademarks mentioned herein are property of their respective companies. © 1999-2012, Microchip Technology Incorporated, Printed in the U.S.A., All Rights Reserved. Printed on recycled paper. ISBN: 978-1-62076-395-7 Note the following details of the code protection feature on Microchip devices: • Microchip products meet the specification contained in their particular Microchip Data Sheet. • Microchip believes that its family of products is one of the most secure families of its kind on the market today, when used in the intended manner and under normal conditions. • There are dishonest and possibly illegal methods used to breach the code protection feature. All of these methods, to our knowledge, require using the Microchip products in a manner outside the operating specifications contained in Microchip’s Data Sheets. Most likely, the person doing so is engaged in theft of intellectual property. • Microchip is willing to work with the customer who is concerned about the integrity of their code. • Neither Microchip nor any other semiconductor manufacturer can guarantee the security of their code. Code protection does not mean that we are guaranteeing the product as “unbreakable.” Code protection is constantly evolving. We at Microchip are committed to continuously improving the code protection features of our products. Attempts to break Microchip’s code protection feature may be a violation of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act. If such acts allow unauthorized access to your software or other copyrighted work, you may have a right to sue for relief under that Act. Microchip received ISO/TS-16949:2009 certification for its worldwide headquarters, design and wafer fabrication facilities in Chandler and Tempe, Arizona; Gresham, Oregon and design centers in California and India. The Company’s quality system processes and procedures are for its PIC® MCUs and dsPIC® DSCs, KEELOQ® code hopping devices, Serial EEPROMs, microperipherals, nonvolatile memory and analog products. In addition, Microchip’s quality system for the design and manufacture of development systems is ISO 9001:2000 certified. QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM CERTIFIED BY DNV == ISO/TS 16949 ==
  • 91. DS40192D-page 90  1999-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. AMERICAS Corporate Office 2355 West Chandler Blvd. Chandler, AZ 85224-6199 Tel: 480-792-7200 Fax: 480-792-7277 Technical Support: http://www.microchip.com/ support Web Address: www.microchip.com Atlanta Duluth, GA Tel: 678-957-9614 Fax: 678-957-1455 Boston Westborough, MA Tel: 774-760-0087 Fax: 774-760-0088 Chicago Itasca, IL Tel: 630-285-0071 Fax: 630-285-0075 Cleveland Independence, OH Tel: 216-447-0464 Fax: 216-447-0643 Dallas Addison, TX Tel: 972-818-7423 Fax: 972-818-2924 Detroit Farmington Hills, MI Tel: 248-538-2250 Fax: 248-538-2260 Indianapolis Noblesville, IN Tel: 317-773-8323 Fax: 317-773-5453 Los Angeles Mission Viejo, CA Tel: 949-462-9523 Fax: 949-462-9608 Santa Clara Santa Clara, CA Tel: 408-961-6444 Fax: 408-961-6445 Toronto Mississauga, Ontario, Canada Tel: 905-673-0699 Fax: 905-673-6509 ASIA/PACIFIC Asia Pacific Office Suites 3707-14, 37th Floor Tower 6, The Gateway Harbour City, Kowloon Hong Kong Tel: 852-2401-1200 Fax: 852-2401-3431 Australia - Sydney Tel: 61-2-9868-6733 Fax: 61-2-9868-6755 China - Beijing Tel: 86-10-8569-7000 Fax: 86-10-8528-2104 China - Chengdu Tel: 86-28-8665-5511 Fax: 86-28-8665-7889 China - Chongqing Tel: 86-23-8980-9588 Fax: 86-23-8980-9500 China - Hangzhou Tel: 86-571-2819-3187 Fax: 86-571-2819-3189 China - Hong Kong SAR Tel: 852-2401-1200 Fax: 852-2401-3431 China - Nanjing Tel: 86-25-8473-2460 Fax: 86-25-8473-2470 China - Qingdao Tel: 86-532-8502-7355 Fax: 86-532-8502-7205 China - Shanghai Tel: 86-21-5407-5533 Fax: 86-21-5407-5066 China - Shenyang Tel: 86-24-2334-2829 Fax: 86-24-2334-2393 China - Shenzhen Tel: 86-755-8203-2660 Fax: 86-755-8203-1760 China - Wuhan Tel: 86-27-5980-5300 Fax: 86-27-5980-5118 China - Xian Tel: 86-29-8833-7252 Fax: 86-29-8833-7256 China - Xiamen Tel: 86-592-2388138 Fax: 86-592-2388130 China - Zhuhai Tel: 86-756-3210040 Fax: 86-756-3210049 ASIA/PACIFIC India - Bangalore Tel: 91-80-3090-4444 Fax: 91-80-3090-4123 India - New Delhi Tel: 91-11-4160-8631 Fax: 91-11-4160-8632 India - Pune Tel: 91-20-2566-1512 Fax: 91-20-2566-1513 Japan - Osaka Tel: 81-66-152-7160 Fax: 81-66-152-9310 Japan - Yokohama Tel: 81-45-471- 6166 Fax: 81-45-471-6122 Korea - Daegu Tel: 82-53-744-4301 Fax: 82-53-744-4302 Korea - Seoul Tel: 82-2-554-7200 Fax: 82-2-558-5932 or 82-2-558-5934 Malaysia - Kuala Lumpur Tel: 60-3-6201-9857 Fax: 60-3-6201-9859 Malaysia - Penang Tel: 60-4-227-8870 Fax: 60-4-227-4068 Philippines - Manila Tel: 63-2-634-9065 Fax: 63-2-634-9069 Singapore Tel: 65-6334-8870 Fax: 65-6334-8850 Taiwan - Hsin Chu Tel: 886-3-5778-366 Fax: 886-3-5770-955 Taiwan - Kaohsiung Tel: 886-7-536-4818 Fax: 886-7-330-9305 Taiwan - Taipei Tel: 886-2-2500-6610 Fax: 886-2-2508-0102 Thailand - Bangkok Tel: 66-2-694-1351 Fax: 66-2-694-1350 EUROPE Austria - Wels Tel: 43-7242-2244-39 Fax: 43-7242-2244-393 Denmark - Copenhagen Tel: 45-4450-2828 Fax: 45-4485-2829 France - Paris Tel: 33-1-69-53-63-20 Fax: 33-1-69-30-90-79 Germany - Munich Tel: 49-89-627-144-0 Fax: 49-89-627-144-44 Italy - Milan Tel: 39-0331-742611 Fax: 39-0331-466781 Netherlands - Drunen Tel: 31-416-690399 Fax: 31-416-690340 Spain - Madrid Tel: 34-91-708-08-90 Fax: 34-91-708-08-91 UK - Wokingham Tel: 44-118-921-5869 Fax: 44-118-921-5820 Worldwide Sales and Service 11/29/11